mirror of https://git.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.git
10343 lines
279 KiB
Plaintext
10343 lines
279 KiB
Plaintext
@chapter Filtering Introduction
|
|
@c man begin FILTERING INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
|
Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
|
|
|
|
In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
|
|
outputs.
|
|
To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the
|
|
following filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
[main]
|
|
input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
|
|
| ^
|
|
|[tmp] [flip]|
|
|
+-----> crop --> vflip -------+
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, sends one
|
|
stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter before merging it
|
|
back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the
|
|
following command to achieve this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The result will be that in output the top half of the video is mirrored
|
|
onto the bottom half.
|
|
|
|
Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct
|
|
linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
|
|
@var{crop,vflip} are in one linear chain, @var{split} and
|
|
@var{overlay} are separately in another. The points where the linear
|
|
chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the
|
|
example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to
|
|
the labels @var{[main]} and @var{[tmp]}.
|
|
|
|
The stream sent to the second output of @var{split}, labelled as
|
|
@var{[tmp]}, is processed through the @var{crop} filter, which crops
|
|
away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
|
|
@var{overlay} filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the
|
|
split filter (which was labelled as @var{[main]}), and overlay on its
|
|
lower half the output generated by the @var{crop,vflip} filterchain.
|
|
|
|
Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified
|
|
after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other
|
|
by a colon.
|
|
|
|
There exist so-called @var{source filters} that do not have an
|
|
audio/video input, and @var{sink filters} that will not have audio/video
|
|
output.
|
|
|
|
@c man end FILTERING INTRODUCTION
|
|
|
|
@chapter graph2dot
|
|
@c man begin GRAPH2DOT
|
|
|
|
The @file{graph2dot} program included in the FFmpeg @file{tools}
|
|
directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a
|
|
corresponding textual representation in the dot language.
|
|
|
|
Invoke the command:
|
|
@example
|
|
graph2dot -h
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
to see how to use @file{graph2dot}.
|
|
|
|
You can then pass the dot description to the @file{dot} program (from
|
|
the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
|
|
of the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
For example the sequence of commands:
|
|
@example
|
|
echo @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} | \
|
|
tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
|
|
dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
|
|
display graph.png
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
|
|
described by the @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string. Note that this string must be
|
|
a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.
|
|
For example if your command line is of the form:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
|
|
@end example
|
|
your @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string will need to be of the form:
|
|
@example
|
|
nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
|
|
@end example
|
|
you may also need to set the @var{nullsrc} parameters and add a @var{format}
|
|
filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
|
|
|
|
@c man end GRAPH2DOT
|
|
|
|
@chapter Filtergraph description
|
|
@c man begin FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain
|
|
cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of
|
|
filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one
|
|
filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
|
|
side connecting it to the one filter accepting its output.
|
|
|
|
Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
|
|
registered in the application, which defines the features and the
|
|
number of input and output pads of the filter.
|
|
|
|
A filter with no input pads is called a "source", a filter with no
|
|
output pads is called a "sink".
|
|
|
|
@anchor{Filtergraph syntax}
|
|
@section Filtergraph syntax
|
|
|
|
A filtergraph can be represented using a textual representation, which is
|
|
recognized by the @option{-filter}/@option{-vf} and @option{-filter_complex}
|
|
options in @command{ffmpeg} and @option{-vf} in @command{ffplay}, and by the
|
|
@code{avfilter_graph_parse()}/@code{avfilter_graph_parse2()} function defined in
|
|
@file{libavfilter/avfilter.h}.
|
|
|
|
A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one
|
|
connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
|
|
represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
|
|
|
|
A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of
|
|
filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain
|
|
descriptions.
|
|
|
|
A filter is represented by a string of the form:
|
|
[@var{in_link_1}]...[@var{in_link_N}]@var{filter_name}=@var{arguments}[@var{out_link_1}]...[@var{out_link_M}]
|
|
|
|
@var{filter_name} is the name of the filter class of which the
|
|
described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of
|
|
the filter classes registered in the program.
|
|
The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
|
|
"=@var{arguments}".
|
|
|
|
@var{arguments} is a string which contains the parameters used to
|
|
initialize the filter instance. It may have one of the following forms:
|
|
@itemize
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A ':'-separated list of @var{key=value} pairs.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A ':'-separated list of @var{value}. In this case, the keys are assumed to be
|
|
the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the @code{fade} filter
|
|
declares three options in this order -- @option{type}, @option{start_frame} and
|
|
@option{nb_frames}. Then the parameter list @var{in:0:30} means that the value
|
|
@var{in} is assigned to the option @option{type}, @var{0} to
|
|
@option{start_frame} and @var{30} to @option{nb_frames}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A ':'-separated list of mixed direct @var{value} and long @var{key=value}
|
|
pairs. The direct @var{value} must precede the @var{key=value} pairs, and
|
|
follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following
|
|
@var{key=value} pairs can be set in any preferred order.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the @code{format} filter
|
|
takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by
|
|
'|'.
|
|
|
|
The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial
|
|
and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters
|
|
within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered
|
|
terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
|
|
"[]=;,") is encountered.
|
|
|
|
The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
|
|
followed by a list of link labels.
|
|
A link label allows to name a link and associate it to a filter output
|
|
or input pad. The preceding labels @var{in_link_1}
|
|
... @var{in_link_N}, are associated to the filter input pads,
|
|
the following labels @var{out_link_1} ... @var{out_link_M}, are
|
|
associated to the output pads.
|
|
|
|
When two link labels with the same name are found in the
|
|
filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
|
|
created.
|
|
|
|
If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first
|
|
unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain.
|
|
For example in the filterchain:
|
|
@example
|
|
nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
|
|
@end example
|
|
the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter
|
|
instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
|
|
"L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second
|
|
output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay,
|
|
which are both unlabelled.
|
|
|
|
In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output
|
|
pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
|
|
filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
|
|
|
|
Libavfilter will automatically insert @ref{scale} filters where format
|
|
conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags
|
|
for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
|
|
@code{sws_flags=@var{flags};}
|
|
to the filtergraph description.
|
|
|
|
Follows a BNF description for the filtergraph syntax:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{NAME} ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
|
|
@var{LINKLABEL} ::= "[" @var{NAME} "]"
|
|
@var{LINKLABELS} ::= @var{LINKLABEL} [@var{LINKLABELS}]
|
|
@var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS} ::= sequence of chars (eventually quoted)
|
|
@var{FILTER} ::= [@var{LINKLABELS}] @var{NAME} ["=" @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS}] [@var{LINKLABELS}]
|
|
@var{FILTERCHAIN} ::= @var{FILTER} [,@var{FILTERCHAIN}]
|
|
@var{FILTERGRAPH} ::= [sws_flags=@var{flags};] @var{FILTERCHAIN} [;@var{FILTERGRAPH}]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section Notes on filtergraph escaping
|
|
|
|
Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of
|
|
escaping. See @ref{quoting_and_escaping,,the "Quoting and escaping"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} for more
|
|
information about the employed escaping procedure.
|
|
|
|
A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option
|
|
value, which may contain the special character @code{:} used to
|
|
separate values, or one of the escaping characters @code{\'}.
|
|
|
|
A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which
|
|
may contain the escaping characters @code{\'} or the special
|
|
characters @code{[],;} used by the filtergraph description.
|
|
|
|
Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you
|
|
need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special
|
|
characters contained within it.
|
|
|
|
For example, consider the following string to be embedded in
|
|
the @ref{drawtext} filter description @option{text} value:
|
|
@example
|
|
this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
This string contains the @code{'} special escaping character, and the
|
|
@code{:} special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
|
|
@example
|
|
text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
|
|
description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
|
|
filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
|
|
@end example
|
|
(note that in addition to the @code{\'} escaping special characters,
|
|
also @code{,} needs to be escaped).
|
|
|
|
Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the
|
|
filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the
|
|
escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
|
|
@code{\} is special and needs to be escaped with another @code{\}, the
|
|
previous string will finally result in:
|
|
@example
|
|
-vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@chapter Timeline editing
|
|
|
|
Some filters support a generic @option{enable} option. For the filters
|
|
supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is
|
|
evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero,
|
|
the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the
|
|
next filter in the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
The expression accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item t
|
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Additionally, these filters support an @option{enable} command that can be used
|
|
to re-define the expression.
|
|
|
|
Like any other filtering option, the @option{enable} option follows the same
|
|
rules.
|
|
|
|
For example, to enable a blur filter (@ref{smartblur}) from 10 seconds to 3
|
|
minutes, and a @ref{curves} filter starting at 3 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
|
|
curves = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c man end FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Filters
|
|
@c man begin AUDIO FILTERS
|
|
|
|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
|
|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
|
|
The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
|
|
build.
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.
|
|
|
|
@section aconvert
|
|
|
|
Convert the input audio format to the specified formats.
|
|
|
|
@emph{This filter is deprecated. Use @ref{aformat} instead.}
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts a string of the form:
|
|
"@var{sample_format}:@var{channel_layout}".
|
|
|
|
@var{sample_format} specifies the sample format, and can be a string or the
|
|
corresponding numeric value defined in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}. Use 'p'
|
|
suffix for a planar sample format.
|
|
|
|
@var{channel_layout} specifies the channel layout, and can be a string
|
|
or the corresponding number value defined in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}.
|
|
|
|
The special parameter "auto", signifies that the filter will
|
|
automatically select the output format depending on the output filter.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert input to float, planar, stereo:
|
|
@example
|
|
aconvert=fltp:stereo
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert input to unsigned 8-bit, automatically select out channel layout:
|
|
@example
|
|
aconvert=u8:auto
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section adelay
|
|
|
|
Delay one or more audio channels.
|
|
|
|
Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item delays
|
|
Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.
|
|
At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided.
|
|
Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is
|
|
smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be delayed.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave
|
|
the second channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.
|
|
@example
|
|
adelay=1500|0|500
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section aecho
|
|
|
|
Apply echoing to the input audio.
|
|
|
|
Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains
|
|
(and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo
|
|
effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
|
|
sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the
|
|
original signal and the reflection is the @code{delay}, and the
|
|
loudness of the reflected signal is the @code{decay}.
|
|
Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item in_gain
|
|
Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.6}.
|
|
|
|
@item out_gain
|
|
Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.3}.
|
|
|
|
@item delays
|
|
Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections
|
|
separated by '|'. Allowed range for each @code{delay} is @code{(0 - 90000.0]}.
|
|
Default is @code{1000}.
|
|
|
|
@item decays
|
|
Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by '|'.
|
|
Allowed range for each @code{decay} is @code{(0 - 1.0]}.
|
|
Default is @code{0.5}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing:
|
|
@example
|
|
aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If delay is very short, then it sound like a (metallic) robot playing music:
|
|
@example
|
|
aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains:
|
|
@example
|
|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Same as above but with one more mountain:
|
|
@example
|
|
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section aeval
|
|
|
|
Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel),
|
|
which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio signal.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item exprs
|
|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If
|
|
the number of input channels is greater than the number of
|
|
expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining
|
|
output channels.
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, c
|
|
Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is
|
|
specified by the number of expressions. If set to @samp{same}, it will
|
|
use by default the same input channel layout.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants and functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item ch
|
|
channel number of the current expression
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
sample rate
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
|
|
|
|
@item nb_in_channels
|
|
@item nb_out_channels
|
|
input and output number of channels
|
|
|
|
@item val(CH)
|
|
the value of input channel with number @var{CH}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a
|
|
dedicated filter.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Half volume:
|
|
@example
|
|
aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Invert phase of the second channel:
|
|
@example
|
|
eval=val(0)|-val(1)
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section afade
|
|
|
|
Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item type, t
|
|
Specify the effect type, can be either @code{in} for fade-in, or
|
|
@code{out} for a fade-out effect. Default is @code{in}.
|
|
|
|
@item start_sample, ss
|
|
Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
|
|
effect. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, ns
|
|
Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
|
|
the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
|
|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
|
|
the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
|
|
|
|
@item start_time, st
|
|
Specify time for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is 0.
|
|
The accepted syntax is:
|
|
@example
|
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
|
[-]S+[.m...]
|
|
@end example
|
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
|
|
If set this option is used instead of @var{start_sample} one.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Specify the duration for which the fade effect has to last. Default is 0.
|
|
The accepted syntax is:
|
|
@example
|
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
|
[-]S+[.m...]
|
|
@end example
|
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
|
|
At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
|
|
volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
|
|
the output audio will be silence.
|
|
If set this option is used instead of @var{nb_samples} one.
|
|
|
|
@item curve
|
|
Set curve for fade transition.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item tri
|
|
select triangular, linear slope (default)
|
|
@item qsin
|
|
select quarter of sine wave
|
|
@item hsin
|
|
select half of sine wave
|
|
@item esin
|
|
select exponential sine wave
|
|
@item log
|
|
select logarithmic
|
|
@item par
|
|
select inverted parabola
|
|
@item qua
|
|
select quadratic
|
|
@item cub
|
|
select cubic
|
|
@item squ
|
|
select square root
|
|
@item cbr
|
|
select cubic root
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
|
|
@example
|
|
afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
|
|
@example
|
|
afade=t=out:st=875:d=25
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{aformat}
|
|
@section aformat
|
|
|
|
Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will
|
|
negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item sample_fmts
|
|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rates
|
|
A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layouts
|
|
A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
|
|
|
|
See @ref{channel layout syntax,,the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
|
|
for the required syntax.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
|
|
|
|
For example to force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo:
|
|
@example
|
|
aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section allpass
|
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
|
|
@var{frequency}, and filter-width @var{width}.
|
|
An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship
|
|
without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set frequency in Hz.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section amerge
|
|
|
|
Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item inputs
|
|
Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible,
|
|
the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels
|
|
will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not
|
|
disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all
|
|
the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of
|
|
the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of
|
|
channels.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input
|
|
is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the
|
|
following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the
|
|
first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
|
|
|
|
On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be
|
|
in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be
|
|
arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value.
|
|
|
|
All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
|
|
|
|
If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the
|
|
shortest.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in @file{input.mkv}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section amix
|
|
|
|
Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
|
|
|
|
For example
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
|
|
@end example
|
|
will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the
|
|
first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item inputs
|
|
Number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
|
|
|
|
@item duration
|
|
How to determine the end-of-stream.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item longest
|
|
Duration of longest input. (default)
|
|
|
|
@item shortest
|
|
Duration of shortest input.
|
|
|
|
@item first
|
|
Duration of first input.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item dropout_transition
|
|
Transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
|
|
stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section anull
|
|
|
|
Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
|
|
|
|
@section apad
|
|
|
|
Pad the end of a audio stream with silence, this can be used together with
|
|
-shortest to extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
|
|
|
|
@section aphaser
|
|
Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
|
|
|
|
A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.
|
|
The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item in_gain
|
|
Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
|
|
|
|
@item out_gain
|
|
Set output gain. Default is 0.74
|
|
|
|
@item delay
|
|
Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
|
|
|
|
@item decay
|
|
Set decay. Default is 0.4.
|
|
|
|
@item speed
|
|
Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
|
|
|
|
@item type
|
|
Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item triangular, t
|
|
@item sinusoidal, s
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{aresample}
|
|
@section aresample
|
|
|
|
Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the
|
|
libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will
|
|
automatically convert between its input and output.
|
|
|
|
This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match
|
|
the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the
|
|
timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the syntax
|
|
[@var{sample_rate}:]@var{resampler_options}, where @var{sample_rate}
|
|
expresses a sample rate and @var{resampler_options} is a list of
|
|
@var{key}=@var{value} pairs, separated by ":". See the
|
|
ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
|
|
@example
|
|
aresample=44100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
|
|
samples per second compensation:
|
|
@example
|
|
aresample=async=1000
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section asetnsamples
|
|
|
|
Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
|
|
|
|
The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as
|
|
the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
|
|
signal its end.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item nb_out_samples, n
|
|
Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
|
|
intended as the number of samples @emph{per each channel}.
|
|
Default value is 1024.
|
|
|
|
@item pad, p
|
|
If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so
|
|
that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
|
|
previous ones. Default value is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
|
|
disable padding for the last frame, use:
|
|
@example
|
|
asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section asetrate
|
|
|
|
Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data.
|
|
This will result in a change of speed and pitch.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item sample_rate, r
|
|
Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section ashowinfo
|
|
|
|
Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.
|
|
The input audio is not modified.
|
|
|
|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
|
|
@var{key}:@var{value}.
|
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
Presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base
|
|
depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/@var{sample_rate}.
|
|
|
|
@item pts_time
|
|
presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
|
|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)
|
|
|
|
@item fmt
|
|
sample format
|
|
|
|
@item chlayout
|
|
channel layout
|
|
|
|
@item rate
|
|
sample rate for the audio frame
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples
|
|
number of samples (per channel) in the frame
|
|
|
|
@item checksum
|
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar audio
|
|
the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.
|
|
|
|
@item plane_checksums
|
|
A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section astats
|
|
|
|
Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels.
|
|
Statistics are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and,
|
|
where applicable, an overall figure is also given.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item length
|
|
Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.
|
|
Default is @code{0.05} (50 miliseconds). Allowed range is @code{[0.1 - 10]}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item DC offset
|
|
Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
|
|
|
|
@item Min level
|
|
Minimal sample level.
|
|
|
|
@item Max level
|
|
Maximal sample level.
|
|
|
|
@item Peak level dB
|
|
@item RMS level dB
|
|
Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
|
|
|
|
@item RMS peak dB
|
|
@item RMS trough dB
|
|
Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
|
|
|
|
@item Crest factor
|
|
Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
|
|
|
|
@item Flat factor
|
|
Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels
|
|
(i.e. either @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}).
|
|
|
|
@item Peak count
|
|
Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either
|
|
@var{Min level} or @var{Max level}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section astreamsync
|
|
|
|
Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item expr, e
|
|
Set the expression deciding which stream should be
|
|
forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if
|
|
the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use
|
|
the following variables:
|
|
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item b1 b2
|
|
number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream
|
|
@item s1 s2
|
|
number of samples forwarded so far on each stream
|
|
@item t1 t2
|
|
current timestamp of each stream
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The default value is @code{t1-t2}, which means to always forward the stream
|
|
that has a smaller timestamp.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Stress-test @code{amerge} by randomly sending buffers on the wrong
|
|
input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization:
|
|
@example
|
|
amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ;
|
|
[a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ;
|
|
[a2] [b2] amerge
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section asyncts
|
|
|
|
Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or
|
|
dropping samples/adding silence when needed.
|
|
|
|
This filter is not built by default, please use @ref{aresample} to do squeezing/stretching.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item compensate
|
|
Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled
|
|
by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence.
|
|
|
|
@item min_delta
|
|
Minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger
|
|
adding/dropping samples. Default value is 0.1. If you get non-perfect sync with
|
|
this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item max_comp
|
|
Maximum compensation in samples per second. Relevant only with compensate=1.
|
|
Default value 500.
|
|
|
|
@item first_pts
|
|
Assume the first pts should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample rate.
|
|
This allows for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no
|
|
assumption is made about the first frame's expected pts, so no padding or
|
|
trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
|
|
silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples
|
|
with a negative pts due to encoder delay.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section atempo
|
|
|
|
Adjust audio tempo.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
|
|
specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must
|
|
be in the [0.5, 2.0] range.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Slow down audio to 80% tempo:
|
|
@example
|
|
atempo=0.8
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
To speed up audio to 125% tempo:
|
|
@example
|
|
atempo=1.25
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section atrim
|
|
|
|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item start
|
|
Specify time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the audio sample
|
|
with the timestamp @var{start} will be the first sample in the output.
|
|
|
|
@item end
|
|
Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the
|
|
audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be
|
|
the last sample in the output.
|
|
|
|
@item start_pts
|
|
Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples
|
|
instead of seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item end_pts
|
|
Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead
|
|
of seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item duration
|
|
Specify maximum duration of the output.
|
|
|
|
@item start_sample
|
|
Number of the first sample that should be passed to output.
|
|
|
|
@item end_sample
|
|
Number of the first sample that should be dropped.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time
|
|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the
|
|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
|
|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the
|
|
samples that pass through the filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will
|
|
give different results when the timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at
|
|
zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish
|
|
that the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the
|
|
atrim filter.
|
|
|
|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
|
|
keep all samples that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
|
|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim
|
|
filters.
|
|
|
|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
|
|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
drop everything except the second minute of input
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
keep only the first 1000 samples
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section bandpass
|
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central
|
|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width width.
|
|
The @var{csg} option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
|
|
instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.
|
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
|
|
|
|
@item csg
|
|
Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section bandreject
|
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central
|
|
frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width @var{width}.
|
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section bass
|
|
|
|
Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
|
|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
|
|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item gain, g
|
|
Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20
|
|
(for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost).
|
|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
|
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
|
|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
|
|
The default value is @code{100} Hz.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section biquad
|
|
|
|
Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.
|
|
Where @var{b0}, @var{b1}, @var{b2} and @var{a0}, @var{a1}, @var{a2}
|
|
are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.
|
|
|
|
@section channelmap
|
|
|
|
Remap input channels to new locations.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item channel_layout
|
|
Channel layout of the output stream.
|
|
|
|
@item map
|
|
Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
|
|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} or
|
|
@var{in_channel} form. @var{in_channel} can be either the name of the input
|
|
channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
|
|
@var{out_channel} is the name of the output channel or its index in the output
|
|
channel layout. If @var{out_channel} is not given then it is implicitly an
|
|
index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to
|
|
output channels preserving index.
|
|
|
|
For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
|
|
@end example
|
|
will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of
|
|
the input.
|
|
|
|
To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section channelsplit
|
|
|
|
Split each channel in input audio stream into a separate output stream.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item channel_layout
|
|
Channel layout of the input stream. Default is "stereo".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
|
|
@end example
|
|
will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only
|
|
the left channel and the other the right channel.
|
|
|
|
To split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
|
|
'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
|
|
-map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
|
|
front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
|
|
side_right.wav
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section compand
|
|
|
|
Compress or expand audio dynamic range.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item attacks
|
|
@item decays
|
|
Set list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous
|
|
level of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume.
|
|
@option{attacks} refers to increase of volume and @option{decays} refers
|
|
to decrease of volume.
|
|
For most situations, the attack time (response to the audio getting louder)
|
|
should be shorter than the decay time because the human ear is more sensitive
|
|
to sudden loud audio than sudden soft audio.
|
|
Typical value for attack is @code{0.3} seconds and for decay @code{0.8}
|
|
seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item points
|
|
Set list of points for transfer function, specified in dB relative to maximum
|
|
possible signal amplitude.
|
|
Each key points list need to be defined using the following syntax:
|
|
@code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}.
|
|
|
|
The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer
|
|
function does not have to be monotonically rising.
|
|
The point @code{0/0} is assumed but may be overridden (by @code{0/out-dBn}).
|
|
Typical values for the transfer function are @code{-70/-70 -60/-20}.
|
|
|
|
@item soft-knee
|
|
Set amount for which the points at where adjacent line segments on the
|
|
transfer function meet will be rounded. Defaults is @code{0.01}.
|
|
|
|
@item gain
|
|
Set additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer function
|
|
and allows easy adjustment of the overall gain.
|
|
Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item volume
|
|
Set initial volume in dB to be assumed for each channel when filtering starts.
|
|
This permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that,
|
|
for example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before
|
|
the companding has begun to operate. A typical value for audio which is
|
|
initially quiet is -90 dB. Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item delay
|
|
Set delay in seconds. Default is @code{0}. The input audio
|
|
is analysed immediately, but audio is delayed before being fed to the
|
|
volume adjuster. Specifying a delay approximately equal to the attack/decay
|
|
times allows the filter to effectively operate in predictive rather than
|
|
reactive mode.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening
|
|
in a noisy environment:
|
|
@example
|
|
compand=.3 .3:1 1:-90/-60 -60/-40 -40/-30 -20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Noise-gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
|
|
@example
|
|
compand=.1 .1:.2 .2:-900/-900 -50.1/-900 -50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Here is another noise-gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level
|
|
than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):
|
|
@example
|
|
compand=.1 .1:.1 .1:-45.1/-45.1 -45/-900 0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section earwax
|
|
|
|
Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
|
|
|
|
This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio
|
|
so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
|
|
inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of
|
|
the listener (standard for speakers).
|
|
|
|
Ported from SoX.
|
|
|
|
@section equalizer
|
|
|
|
Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this
|
|
filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can
|
|
be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject
|
|
filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.
|
|
|
|
In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
|
|
be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
|
|
@item gain, g
|
|
Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.
|
|
Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:
|
|
@example
|
|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:
|
|
@example
|
|
equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section highpass
|
|
|
|
Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
|
|
The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default).
|
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
|
|
|
|
@item poles, p
|
|
Set number of poles. Default is 2.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
Applies only to double-pole filter.
|
|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section join
|
|
|
|
Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item inputs
|
|
Number of input streams. Defaults to 2.
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layout
|
|
Desired output channel layout. Defaults to stereo.
|
|
|
|
@item map
|
|
Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
|
|
mappings, each in the @code{@var{input_idx}.@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}}
|
|
form. @var{input_idx} is the 0-based index of the input stream. @var{in_channel}
|
|
can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its
|
|
index in the specified input stream. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output
|
|
channel.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when those are not specified
|
|
explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel
|
|
and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
|
|
|
|
E.g. to join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts)
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
To build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
|
|
'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
|
|
out
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section ladspa
|
|
|
|
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-ladspa}.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item file, f
|
|
Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment
|
|
variable @env{LADSPA_PATH} is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in
|
|
each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in
|
|
@env{LADSPA_PATH}, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in
|
|
this order: @file{HOME/.ladspa/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/ladspa/},
|
|
@file{/usr/lib/ladspa/}.
|
|
|
|
@item plugin, p
|
|
Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only
|
|
one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter
|
|
will list all available plugins within the specified library.
|
|
|
|
@item controls, c
|
|
Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point
|
|
values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
|
|
threshold or gain).
|
|
Controls need to be defined using the following syntax:
|
|
c0=@var{value0}|c1=@var{value1}|c2=@var{value2}|..., where
|
|
@var{valuei} is the value set on the @var{i}-th control.
|
|
If @option{controls} is set to @code{help}, all available controls and
|
|
their valid ranges are printed.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, s
|
|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have
|
|
zero inputs.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n
|
|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default
|
|
is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function
|
|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format, also check the "Time duration"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration,
|
|
as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete frame.
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
|
|
supposed to be generated forever.
|
|
Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=file=amp
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
List all available controls and their valid ranges for @code{vcf_notch}
|
|
plugin from @code{VCF} library:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Simulate low quality audio equipment using @code{Computer Music Toolkit} (CMT)
|
|
plugin library:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins
|
|
(Tom's Audio Processing plugins):
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin @code{C* Click - Metronome} from the
|
|
@code{C* Audio Plugin Suite} (CAPS) library:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply @code{C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser} effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item cN
|
|
Modify the @var{N}-th control value.
|
|
|
|
If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section lowpass
|
|
|
|
Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
|
|
The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default).
|
|
The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
|
|
|
|
@item poles, p
|
|
Set number of poles. Default is 2.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
|
Applies only to double-pole filter.
|
|
The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section pan
|
|
|
|
Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output
|
|
channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
|
|
|
|
This filter is also designed to remap efficiently the channels of an audio
|
|
stream.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts parameters of the form:
|
|
"@var{l}:@var{outdef}:@var{outdef}:..."
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item l
|
|
output channel layout or number of channels
|
|
|
|
@item outdef
|
|
output channel specification, of the form:
|
|
"@var{out_name}=[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}[+[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}...]"
|
|
|
|
@item out_name
|
|
output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel
|
|
number (c0, c1, etc.)
|
|
|
|
@item gain
|
|
multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
|
|
|
|
@item in_name
|
|
input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
|
|
named and numbered input channels
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for
|
|
that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus
|
|
avoiding clipping noise.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Mixing examples
|
|
|
|
For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger
|
|
factor for the left channel:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan=1:c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and
|
|
7-channels surround:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan=stereo: FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL : FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Note that @command{ffmpeg} integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system
|
|
that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific
|
|
needs.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Remapping examples
|
|
|
|
The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,
|
|
@item only one input per channel output,
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure
|
|
channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the
|
|
remapping.
|
|
|
|
For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by
|
|
dropping the extra channels:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan="stereo: c0=FL : c1=FR"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels
|
|
and keep the input channel layout:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan="5.1: c0=c1 : c1=c0 : c2=c2 : c3=c3 : c4=c4 : c5=c5"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and
|
|
still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan="stereo:c1=c1"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both
|
|
front left and right:
|
|
@example
|
|
pan="stereo: c0=FR : c1=FR"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section replaygain
|
|
|
|
ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and
|
|
outputs it unchanged.
|
|
At end of filtering it displays @code{track_gain} and @code{track_peak}.
|
|
|
|
@section resample
|
|
|
|
Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. This filter is
|
|
not meant to be used directly.
|
|
|
|
@section silencedetect
|
|
|
|
Detect silence in an audio stream.
|
|
|
|
This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less
|
|
or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the
|
|
minimum detected noise duration.
|
|
|
|
The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
|
|
|
|
@item noise, n
|
|
Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
|
|
specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:
|
|
@example
|
|
silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Complete example with @command{ffmpeg} to detect silence with 0.0001 noise
|
|
tolerance in @file{silence.mp3}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section treble
|
|
|
|
Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
|
|
shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
|
|
hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item gain, g
|
|
Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the
|
|
Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut)
|
|
to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
|
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
|
|
to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
|
|
The default value is @code{3000} Hz.
|
|
|
|
@item width_type
|
|
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Hz
|
|
@item q
|
|
Q-Factor
|
|
@item o
|
|
octave
|
|
@item s
|
|
slope
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section volume
|
|
|
|
Adjust the input audio volume.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item volume
|
|
Set audio volume expression.
|
|
|
|
Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
|
|
|
|
The output audio volume is given by the relation:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{output_volume} = @var{volume} * @var{input_volume}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Default value for @var{volume} is "1.0".
|
|
|
|
@item precision
|
|
Set the mathematical precision.
|
|
|
|
This determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the
|
|
precision of the volume scaling.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item fixed
|
|
8-bit fixed-point; limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
|
|
@item float
|
|
32-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
|
|
@item double
|
|
64-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to DBL.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item eval
|
|
Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item once
|
|
only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or
|
|
when the @samp{volume} command is sent
|
|
|
|
@item frame
|
|
evaluate expression for each incoming frame
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{once}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
frame number (starting at zero)
|
|
@item nb_channels
|
|
number of channels
|
|
@item nb_consumed_samples
|
|
number of samples consumed by the filter
|
|
@item nb_samples
|
|
number of samples in the current frame
|
|
@item pos
|
|
original frame position in the file
|
|
@item pts
|
|
frame PTS
|
|
@item sample_rate
|
|
sample rate
|
|
@item startpts
|
|
PTS at start of stream
|
|
@item startt
|
|
time at start of stream
|
|
@item t
|
|
frame time
|
|
@item tb
|
|
timestamp timebase
|
|
@item volume
|
|
last set volume value
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note that when @option{eval} is set to @samp{once} only the
|
|
@var{sample_rate} and @var{tb} variables are available, all other
|
|
variables will evaluate to NAN.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item volume
|
|
Modify the volume expression.
|
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
|
value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Halve the input audio volume:
|
|
@example
|
|
volume=volume=0.5
|
|
volume=volume=1/2
|
|
volume=volume=-6.0206dB
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
In all the above example the named key for @option{volume} can be
|
|
omitted, for example like in:
|
|
@example
|
|
volume=0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
|
|
@example
|
|
volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section volumedetect
|
|
|
|
Detect the volume of the input video.
|
|
|
|
The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about
|
|
the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.
|
|
|
|
In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum
|
|
volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the
|
|
registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of
|
|
the samples).
|
|
|
|
All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Here is an excerpt of the output:
|
|
@example
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
|
|
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
It means that:
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
|
|
@item
|
|
The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.
|
|
@item
|
|
There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping,
|
|
raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
|
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO FILTERS
|
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Sources
|
|
@c man begin AUDIO SOURCES
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
|
|
|
|
@section abuffer
|
|
|
|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
|
|
|
|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h}.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item time_base
|
|
Timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
|
|
either a floating-point number or in @var{numerator}/@var{denominator} form.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate
|
|
The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_fmt
|
|
The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.
|
|
Either a sample format name or its corresponging integer representation from
|
|
the enum AVSampleFormat in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layout
|
|
The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.
|
|
Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in
|
|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} or its corresponding integer representation
|
|
from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}
|
|
|
|
@item channels
|
|
The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.
|
|
If both @var{channels} and @var{channel_layout} are specified, then they
|
|
must be consistent.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.
|
|
Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number
|
|
6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is
|
|
equivalent to:
|
|
@example
|
|
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section aevalsrc
|
|
|
|
Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
|
|
channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding
|
|
audio signal.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item exprs
|
|
Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
|
|
@option{channel_layout} option is not specified, the selected channel layout
|
|
depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last
|
|
specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels.
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, c
|
|
Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
|
|
must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function
|
|
@code{av_parse_time()} for the accepted format.
|
|
Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
|
|
duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
|
|
complete frame.
|
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
|
|
supposed to be generated forever.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n
|
|
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame,
|
|
default to 1024.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, s
|
|
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
sample rate
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate silence:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to
|
|
8000 Hz:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front
|
|
Center + Back Center) explicitly:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate white noise:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section anullsrc
|
|
|
|
Null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful
|
|
as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as
|
|
the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox
|
|
synth filter).
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item channel_layout, cl
|
|
|
|
Specify the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
|
|
representing a channel layout. The default value of @var{channel_layout}
|
|
is "stereo".
|
|
|
|
Check the channel_layout_map definition in
|
|
@file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} for the mapping between strings and
|
|
channel layout values.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, r
|
|
Specify the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n
|
|
Set the number of samples per requested frames.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
|
|
@example
|
|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
|
|
@example
|
|
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
|
|
|
|
@section flite
|
|
|
|
Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-libflite}.
|
|
|
|
Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item list_voices
|
|
If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit
|
|
immediately. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_samples, n
|
|
Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
|
|
|
|
@item textfile
|
|
Set the filename containing the text to speak.
|
|
|
|
@item text
|
|
Set the text to speak.
|
|
|
|
@item voice, v
|
|
Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
|
|
@code{kal}. See also the @var{list_voices} option.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Read from file @file{speech.txt}, and synthetize the text using the
|
|
standard flite voice:
|
|
@example
|
|
flite=textfile=speech.txt
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Read the specified text selecting the @code{slt} voice:
|
|
@example
|
|
flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Input text to ffmpeg:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make @file{ffplay} speak the specified text, using @code{flite} and
|
|
the @code{lavfi} device:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
For more information about libflite, check:
|
|
@url{http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/}
|
|
|
|
@section sine
|
|
|
|
Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
|
|
|
|
The audio signal is bit-exact.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item frequency, f
|
|
Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
|
|
|
|
@item beep_factor, b
|
|
Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency @var{beep_factor} times
|
|
the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate, r
|
|
Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
|
|
|
|
@item samples_per_frame
|
|
Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
|
|
@example
|
|
sine
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
sine=220:4:d=5
|
|
sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
|
|
sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO SOURCES
|
|
|
|
@chapter Audio Sinks
|
|
@c man begin AUDIO SINKS
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
|
|
|
|
@section abuffersink
|
|
|
|
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
|
|
|
|
This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
|
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
|
|
or the options system.
|
|
|
|
It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
|
|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
|
|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
|
|
|
|
@section anullsink
|
|
|
|
Null audio sink, do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is
|
|
mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging
|
|
tools.
|
|
|
|
@c man end AUDIO SINKS
|
|
|
|
@chapter Video Filters
|
|
@c man begin VIDEO FILTERS
|
|
|
|
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
|
|
existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
|
|
The configure output will show the video filters included in your
|
|
build.
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video filters.
|
|
|
|
@section alphaextract
|
|
|
|
Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This
|
|
is especially useful with the @var{alphamerge} filter.
|
|
|
|
@section alphamerge
|
|
|
|
Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the
|
|
grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with
|
|
@var{alphaextract} to allow the transmission or storage of frame
|
|
sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha
|
|
channel.
|
|
|
|
For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video
|
|
and a separate video created with @var{alphaextract}, you might use:
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame
|
|
sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either
|
|
input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding
|
|
pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an
|
|
overlay to a video stream, consider the @var{overlay} filter instead.
|
|
|
|
@section ass
|
|
|
|
Same as the @ref{subtitles} filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
|
|
and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
|
|
Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
|
|
|
|
@section bbox
|
|
|
|
Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame
|
|
luminance plane.
|
|
|
|
This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a
|
|
luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value.
|
|
The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter
|
|
log.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item min_val
|
|
Set the minimal luminance value. Default is @code{16}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section blackdetect
|
|
|
|
Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be
|
|
useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid
|
|
recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and
|
|
duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds.
|
|
|
|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
|
|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item black_min_duration, d
|
|
Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must
|
|
be a non-negative floating point number.
|
|
|
|
Default value is 2.0.
|
|
|
|
@item picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th
|
|
Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".
|
|
Express the minimum value for the ratio:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{nb_black_pixels} / @var{nb_pixels}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
for which a picture is considered black.
|
|
Default value is 0.98.
|
|
|
|
@item pixel_black_th, pix_th
|
|
Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
|
|
|
|
The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a
|
|
pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to
|
|
the following equation:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{absolute_threshold} = @var{luminance_minimum_value} + @var{pixel_black_th} * @var{luminance_range_size}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@var{luminance_range_size} and @var{luminance_minimum_value} depend on
|
|
the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
|
|
formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
|
|
|
|
Default value is 0.10.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum
|
|
value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section blackframe
|
|
|
|
Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
|
|
detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of
|
|
the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
|
|
the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
|
|
|
|
In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
|
|
least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item amount
|
|
Set the percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold, defaults
|
|
to @code{98}.
|
|
|
|
@item threshold, thresh
|
|
Set the threshold below which a pixel value is considered black, defaults to
|
|
@code{32}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section blend
|
|
|
|
Blend two video frames into each other.
|
|
|
|
It takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the
|
|
"top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer.
|
|
Output terminates when shortest input terminates.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item c0_mode
|
|
@item c1_mode
|
|
@item c2_mode
|
|
@item c3_mode
|
|
@item all_mode
|
|
Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
|
of @var{all_mode}. Default value is @code{normal}.
|
|
|
|
Available values for component modes are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item addition
|
|
@item and
|
|
@item average
|
|
@item burn
|
|
@item darken
|
|
@item difference
|
|
@item divide
|
|
@item dodge
|
|
@item exclusion
|
|
@item hardlight
|
|
@item lighten
|
|
@item multiply
|
|
@item negation
|
|
@item normal
|
|
@item or
|
|
@item overlay
|
|
@item phoenix
|
|
@item pinlight
|
|
@item reflect
|
|
@item screen
|
|
@item softlight
|
|
@item subtract
|
|
@item vividlight
|
|
@item xor
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item c0_opacity
|
|
@item c1_opacity
|
|
@item c2_opacity
|
|
@item c3_opacity
|
|
@item all_opacity
|
|
Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
|
of @var{all_opacity}. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.
|
|
|
|
@item c0_expr
|
|
@item c1_expr
|
|
@item c2_expr
|
|
@item c3_expr
|
|
@item all_expr
|
|
Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
|
of @var{all_expr}. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.
|
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item N
|
|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item X
|
|
@item Y
|
|
the coordinates of the current sample
|
|
|
|
@item W
|
|
@item H
|
|
the width and height of currently filtered plane
|
|
|
|
@item SW
|
|
@item SH
|
|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
|
|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
|
|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
|
|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
|
|
|
|
@item T
|
|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item TOP, A
|
|
Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
|
|
|
|
@item BOTTOM, B
|
|
Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item shortest
|
|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
|
|
@item repeatlast
|
|
Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of
|
|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the bottom layer is reached.
|
|
Default is @code{1}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply uncover left effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply uncover down effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply uncover up-left effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section boxblur
|
|
|
|
Apply boxblur algorithm to the input video.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item luma_radius, lr
|
|
@item luma_power, lp
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr
|
|
@item chroma_power, cp
|
|
@item alpha_radius, ar
|
|
@item alpha_power, ap
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_radius, lr
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr
|
|
@item alpha_radius, ar
|
|
Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
|
|
corresponding input plane.
|
|
|
|
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be
|
|
greater than the value of the expression @code{min(w,h)/2} for the
|
|
luma and alpha planes, and of @code{min(cw,ch)/2} for the chroma
|
|
planes.
|
|
|
|
Default value for @option{luma_radius} is "2". If not specified,
|
|
@option{chroma_radius} and @option{alpha_radius} default to the
|
|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_radius}.
|
|
|
|
The expressions can contain the following constants:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
the input width and height in pixels
|
|
|
|
@item cw
|
|
@item ch
|
|
the input chroma image width and height in pixels
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item luma_power, lp
|
|
@item chroma_power, cp
|
|
@item alpha_power, ap
|
|
Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the
|
|
corresponding plane.
|
|
|
|
Default value for @option{luma_power} is 2. If not specified,
|
|
@option{chroma_power} and @option{alpha_power} default to the
|
|
corresponding value set for @option{luma_power}.
|
|
|
|
A value of 0 will disable the effect.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply a boxblur filter with luma, chroma, and alpha radius
|
|
set to 2:
|
|
@example
|
|
boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
|
|
boxblur=2:1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set luma radius to 2, alpha and chroma radius to 0:
|
|
@example
|
|
boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set luma and chroma radius to a fraction of the video dimension:
|
|
@example
|
|
boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section colorbalance
|
|
Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
|
|
|
|
The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
|
|
regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.
|
|
|
|
A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative
|
|
value towards the complementary color.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item rs
|
|
@item gs
|
|
@item bs
|
|
Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
|
|
|
|
@item rm
|
|
@item gm
|
|
@item bm
|
|
Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
|
|
|
|
@item rh
|
|
@item gh
|
|
@item bh
|
|
Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
|
|
|
|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Add red color cast to shadows:
|
|
@example
|
|
colorbalance=rs=.3
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section colorchannelmixer
|
|
|
|
Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
|
|
|
|
This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to
|
|
the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to
|
|
modify is red, the output value will be:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{red}=@var{red}*@var{rr} + @var{blue}*@var{rb} + @var{green}*@var{rg} + @var{alpha}*@var{ra}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item rr
|
|
@item rg
|
|
@item rb
|
|
@item ra
|
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
|
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{rr}, and @code{0} for @var{rg}, @var{rb} and @var{ra}.
|
|
|
|
@item gr
|
|
@item gg
|
|
@item gb
|
|
@item ga
|
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel.
|
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{gg}, and @code{0} for @var{gr}, @var{gb} and @var{ga}.
|
|
|
|
@item br
|
|
@item bg
|
|
@item bb
|
|
@item ba
|
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
|
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{bb}, and @code{0} for @var{br}, @var{bg} and @var{ba}.
|
|
|
|
@item ar
|
|
@item ag
|
|
@item ab
|
|
@item aa
|
|
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel.
|
|
Default is @code{1} for @var{aa}, and @code{0} for @var{ar}, @var{ag} and @var{ab}.
|
|
|
|
Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-2.0, 2.0]}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert source to grayscale:
|
|
@example
|
|
colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3
|
|
@end example
|
|
@item
|
|
Simulate sepia tones:
|
|
@example
|
|
colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section colormatrix
|
|
|
|
Convert color matrix.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item src
|
|
@item dst
|
|
Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
The accepted values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item bt709
|
|
BT.709
|
|
|
|
@item bt601
|
|
BT.601
|
|
|
|
@item smpte240m
|
|
SMPTE-240M
|
|
|
|
@item fcc
|
|
FCC
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:
|
|
@example
|
|
colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section copy
|
|
|
|
Copy the input source unchanged to the output. Mainly useful for
|
|
testing purposes.
|
|
|
|
@section crop
|
|
|
|
Crop the input video to given dimensions.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item w, out_w
|
|
Width of the output video. It defaults to @code{iw}.
|
|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
|
|
configuration.
|
|
|
|
@item h, out_h
|
|
Height of the output video. It defaults to @code{ih}.
|
|
This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
|
|
configuration.
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
Horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output video.
|
|
It defaults to @code{(in_w-out_w)/2}.
|
|
This expression is evaluated per-frame.
|
|
|
|
@item y
|
|
Vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.
|
|
It defaults to @code{(in_h-out_h)/2}.
|
|
This expression is evaluated per-frame.
|
|
|
|
@item keep_aspect
|
|
If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio
|
|
to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect
|
|
ratio. It defaults to 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The @var{out_w}, @var{out_h}, @var{x}, @var{y} parameters are
|
|
expressions containing the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
the computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
|
|
each new frame.
|
|
|
|
@item in_w
|
|
@item in_h
|
|
the input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item iw
|
|
@item ih
|
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}
|
|
|
|
@item out_w
|
|
@item out_h
|
|
the output (cropped) width and height
|
|
|
|
@item ow
|
|
@item oh
|
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
input sample aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
@item dar
|
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The expression for @var{out_w} may depend on the value of @var{out_h},
|
|
and the expression for @var{out_h} may depend on @var{out_w}, but they
|
|
cannot depend on @var{x} and @var{y}, as @var{x} and @var{y} are
|
|
evaluated after @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
|
|
|
|
The @var{x} and @var{y} parameters specify the expressions for the
|
|
position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
|
|
are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it
|
|
is approximated to the nearest valid value.
|
|
|
|
The expression for @var{x} may depend on @var{y}, and the expression
|
|
for @var{y} may depend on @var{x}.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=100:100:12:34
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Using named options, the example above becomes:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=100:100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop the input video central square:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=out_w=in_h
|
|
crop=in_h
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position
|
|
100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom
|
|
corner of the input image:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from
|
|
the top and bottom borders
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Appply trembling effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set x depending on the value of y:
|
|
@example
|
|
crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section cropdetect
|
|
|
|
Auto-detect crop size.
|
|
|
|
Calculate necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended
|
|
parameters through the logging system. The detected dimensions
|
|
correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item limit
|
|
Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified
|
|
from nothing (0) to everything (255). An intensity value greater
|
|
to the set value is considered non-black. Default value is 24.
|
|
|
|
@item round
|
|
Set the value for which the width/height should be divisible by. The
|
|
offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get
|
|
only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when
|
|
encoding to most video codecs. Default value is 16.
|
|
|
|
@item reset_count, reset
|
|
Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
|
|
reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to
|
|
detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0
|
|
indicates never reset and return the largest area encountered during
|
|
playback.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{curves}
|
|
@section curves
|
|
|
|
Apply color adjustments using curves.
|
|
|
|
This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each
|
|
component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by @var{N} key points
|
|
tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel
|
|
values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for
|
|
the output frame.
|
|
|
|
By default, a component curve is defined by the two points @var{(0;0)} and
|
|
@var{(1;1)}. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is
|
|
"adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image.
|
|
|
|
The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new
|
|
curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass
|
|
smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be
|
|
strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their @var{x} and @var{y} values must
|
|
be in the @var{[0;1]} interval. If the computed curves happened to go outside
|
|
the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.
|
|
|
|
If there is no key point defined in @code{x=0}, the filter will automatically
|
|
insert a @var{(0;0)} point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined
|
|
in @code{x=1}, the filter will automatically insert a @var{(1;1)} point.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item preset
|
|
Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition
|
|
to the @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} parameters; in this case, the later
|
|
options takes priority on the preset values.
|
|
Available presets are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
@item color_negative
|
|
@item cross_process
|
|
@item darker
|
|
@item increase_contrast
|
|
@item lighter
|
|
@item linear_contrast
|
|
@item medium_contrast
|
|
@item negative
|
|
@item strong_contrast
|
|
@item vintage
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default is @code{none}.
|
|
@item master, m
|
|
Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It
|
|
is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with
|
|
@option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} or @option{all} since it acts like a
|
|
post-processing LUT.
|
|
@item red, r
|
|
Set the key points for the red component.
|
|
@item green, g
|
|
Set the key points for the green component.
|
|
@item blue, b
|
|
Set the key points for the blue component.
|
|
@item all
|
|
Set the key points for all components (not including master).
|
|
Can be used in addition to the other key points component
|
|
options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this
|
|
@option{all} setting.
|
|
@item psfile
|
|
Specify a Photoshop curves file (@code{.asv}) to import the settings from.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be
|
|
defined using the following syntax: @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
|
|
@example
|
|
curves=blue='0.5/0.58'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Vintage effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
|
|
@end example
|
|
Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item red
|
|
@code{(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)}
|
|
@item green
|
|
@code{(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)}
|
|
@item blue
|
|
@code{(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:
|
|
@example
|
|
curves=preset=vintage
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Or simply:
|
|
@example
|
|
curves=vintage
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:
|
|
@example
|
|
curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section dctdnoiz
|
|
|
|
Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).
|
|
|
|
This filter is not designed for real time and can be extremely slow.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item sigma, s
|
|
Set the noise sigma constant.
|
|
|
|
This @var{sigma} defines a hard threshold of @code{3 * sigma}; every DCT
|
|
coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
|
|
|
|
If you need a more advanced filtering, see @option{expr}.
|
|
|
|
Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item overlap
|
|
Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Each block is of size
|
|
@code{16x16}. Since the filter can be slow, you may want to reduce this value,
|
|
at the cost of a less effective filter and the risk of various artefacts.
|
|
|
|
If the overlapping value doesn't allow to process the whole input width or
|
|
height, a warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{15}.
|
|
|
|
@item expr, e
|
|
Set the coefficient factor expression.
|
|
|
|
For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a
|
|
multiplier value for the coefficient.
|
|
|
|
If this is option is set, the @option{sigma} option will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the @var{c}
|
|
variable.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Apply a denoise with a @option{sigma} of @code{4.5}:
|
|
@example
|
|
dctdnoiz=4.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The same operation can be achieved using the expression system:
|
|
@example
|
|
dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@anchor{decimate}
|
|
@section decimate
|
|
|
|
Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item cycle
|
|
Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
|
|
@var{N} means one frame in every batch of @var{N} frames will be dropped.
|
|
Default is @code{5}.
|
|
|
|
@item dupthresh
|
|
Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame
|
|
is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default
|
|
is @code{1.1}
|
|
|
|
@item scthresh
|
|
Set scene change threshold. Default is @code{15}.
|
|
|
|
@item blockx
|
|
@item blocky
|
|
Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
|
|
Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of
|
|
small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is @code{32}.
|
|
|
|
@item ppsrc
|
|
Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
|
|
stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help
|
|
the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to
|
|
@code{1}, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second
|
|
stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is
|
|
@code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma
|
|
Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is
|
|
@code{1}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section delogo
|
|
|
|
Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
|
|
pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear
|
|
(and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
@item band, t
|
|
Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to
|
|
@var{w} and @var{h}). The default value is 4.
|
|
|
|
@item show
|
|
When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
|
|
finding the right @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, and @var{h} parameters.
|
|
The default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly)
|
|
replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next pixels
|
|
immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to
|
|
compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0
|
|
and size 100x77, setting a band of size 10:
|
|
@example
|
|
delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section deshake
|
|
|
|
Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This
|
|
filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a
|
|
tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion
|
|
vectors.
|
|
If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
|
|
rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width
|
|
and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox
|
|
filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding
|
|
box.
|
|
|
|
This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame
|
|
might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search.
|
|
|
|
If any or all of @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} are set to -1
|
|
then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set
|
|
without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.
|
|
|
|
Default - search the whole frame.
|
|
|
|
@item rx
|
|
@item ry
|
|
Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the
|
|
range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
|
|
|
|
@item edge
|
|
Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the
|
|
frame. Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item blank, 0
|
|
Fill zeroes at blank locations
|
|
@item original, 1
|
|
Original image at blank locations
|
|
@item clamp, 2
|
|
Extruded edge value at blank locations
|
|
@item mirror, 3
|
|
Mirrored edge at blank locations
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @samp{mirror}.
|
|
|
|
@item blocksize
|
|
Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
|
|
default 8.
|
|
|
|
@item contrast
|
|
Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than
|
|
the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest
|
|
pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
|
|
|
|
@item search
|
|
Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item exhaustive, 0
|
|
Set exhaustive search
|
|
@item less, 1
|
|
Set less exhaustive search.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @samp{exhaustive}.
|
|
|
|
@item filename
|
|
If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
|
|
specified file.
|
|
|
|
@item opencl
|
|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
|
|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section drawbox
|
|
|
|
Draw a colored box on the input image.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. Default to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
@item height, h
|
|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the box, if 0 they are interpreted as
|
|
the input width and height. Default to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item color, c
|
|
Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option,
|
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
|
|
value @code{invert} is used, the box edge color is the same as the
|
|
video with inverted luma.
|
|
|
|
@item thickness, t
|
|
The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is @code{3}.
|
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
|
|
following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item dar
|
|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item in_h, ih
|
|
@item in_w, iw
|
|
The input width and height.
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
The input sample aspect ratio.
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
The width and height of the drawn box.
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
The thickness of the drawn box.
|
|
|
|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
|
|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawbox
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@@0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The previous example can be specified as:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@@0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fill the box with pink color:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@@0.5:t=max
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section drawgrid
|
|
|
|
Draw a grid on the input image.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
@item height, h
|
|
The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the
|
|
input width and height, respectively, minus @code{thickness}, so image gets
|
|
framed. Default to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item color, c
|
|
Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option,
|
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
|
|
value @code{invert} is used, the grid color is the same as the
|
|
video with inverted luma.
|
|
|
|
@item thickness, t
|
|
The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is @code{1}.
|
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
|
|
following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item dar
|
|
The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item in_h, ih
|
|
@item in_w, iw
|
|
The input grid cell width and height.
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
The input sample aspect ratio.
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
The width and height of the drawn cell.
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
The thickness of the drawn cell.
|
|
|
|
These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
|
|
each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=red@@0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=white@@0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{drawtext}
|
|
@section drawtext
|
|
|
|
Draw text string or text from specified file on top of video using the
|
|
libfreetype library.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-libfreetype}.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Syntax
|
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item box
|
|
Used to draw a box around text using background color.
|
|
Value should be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable).
|
|
The default value of @var{box} is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item boxcolor
|
|
The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this
|
|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{boxcolor} is "white".
|
|
|
|
@item borderw
|
|
Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using @var{bordercolor}.
|
|
The default value of @var{borderw} is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item bordercolor
|
|
Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this
|
|
option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{bordercolor} is "black".
|
|
|
|
@item expansion
|
|
Select how the @var{text} is expanded. Can be either @code{none},
|
|
@code{strftime} (deprecated) or
|
|
@code{normal} (default). See the @ref{drawtext_expansion, Text expansion} section
|
|
below for details.
|
|
|
|
@item fix_bounds
|
|
If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
|
|
|
|
@item fontcolor
|
|
The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check
|
|
the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{fontcolor} is "black".
|
|
|
|
@item fontfile
|
|
The font file to be used for drawing text. Path must be included.
|
|
This parameter is mandatory.
|
|
|
|
@item fontsize
|
|
The font size to be used for drawing text.
|
|
The default value of @var{fontsize} is 16.
|
|
|
|
@item ft_load_flags
|
|
Flags to be used for loading the fonts.
|
|
|
|
The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are
|
|
a combination of the following values:
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item default
|
|
@item no_scale
|
|
@item no_hinting
|
|
@item render
|
|
@item no_bitmap
|
|
@item vertical_layout
|
|
@item force_autohint
|
|
@item crop_bitmap
|
|
@item pedantic
|
|
@item ignore_global_advance_width
|
|
@item no_recurse
|
|
@item ignore_transform
|
|
@item monochrome
|
|
@item linear_design
|
|
@item no_autohint
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is "default".
|
|
|
|
For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
|
|
libfreetype flags.
|
|
|
|
@item shadowcolor
|
|
The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the
|
|
syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{shadowcolor} is "black".
|
|
|
|
@item shadowx
|
|
@item shadowy
|
|
The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
|
|
position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
|
|
values. Default value for both is "0".
|
|
|
|
@item start_number
|
|
The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value
|
|
is "0".
|
|
|
|
@item tabsize
|
|
The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.
|
|
Default value is 4.
|
|
|
|
@item timecode
|
|
Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
|
|
format. It can be used with or without text parameter. @var{timecode_rate}
|
|
option must be specified.
|
|
|
|
@item timecode_rate, rate, r
|
|
Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
|
|
|
|
@item text
|
|
The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8
|
|
encoded characters.
|
|
This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter
|
|
@var{textfile}.
|
|
|
|
@item textfile
|
|
A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence
|
|
of UTF-8 encoded characters.
|
|
|
|
This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the
|
|
parameter @var{text}.
|
|
|
|
If both @var{text} and @var{textfile} are specified, an error is thrown.
|
|
|
|
@item reload
|
|
If set to 1, the @var{textfile} will be reloaded before each frame.
|
|
Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn
|
|
within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the
|
|
output image.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is "0".
|
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parameters for @var{x} and @var{y} are expressions containing the
|
|
following constants and functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item dar
|
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item line_h, lh
|
|
the height of each text line
|
|
|
|
@item main_h, h, H
|
|
the input height
|
|
|
|
@item main_w, w, W
|
|
the input width
|
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_a, ascent
|
|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
|
|
coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
|
|
glyphs.
|
|
It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis
|
|
upwards.
|
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_d, descent
|
|
the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate
|
|
used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.
|
|
This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
|
|
upwards.
|
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_h
|
|
maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
|
|
contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to @var{ascent} -
|
|
@var{descent}.
|
|
|
|
@item max_glyph_w
|
|
maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
|
|
contained in the rendered text
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item rand(min, max)
|
|
return a random number included between @var{min} and @var{max}
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
input sample aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
|
|
|
@item text_h, th
|
|
the height of the rendered text
|
|
|
|
@item text_w, tw
|
|
the width of the rendered text
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
|
|
|
|
These parameters allow the @var{x} and @var{y} expressions to refer
|
|
each other, so you can for example specify @code{y=x/dar}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If libavfilter was built with @code{--enable-fontconfig}, then
|
|
@option{fontfile} can be a fontconfig pattern or omitted.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{drawtext_expansion}
|
|
@subsection Text expansion
|
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{strftime},
|
|
the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and
|
|
expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This
|
|
feature is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{none}, the text is printed verbatim.
|
|
|
|
If @option{expansion} is set to @code{normal} (which is the default),
|
|
the following expansion mechanism is used.
|
|
|
|
The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to
|
|
the second character.
|
|
|
|
Sequence of the form @code{%@{...@}} are expanded. The text between the
|
|
braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.
|
|
If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '@}'),
|
|
they should be escaped.
|
|
|
|
Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
|
|
@option{text} option in the filter argument string and as the filter
|
|
argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell,
|
|
that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
|
|
problems.
|
|
|
|
The following functions are available:
|
|
|
|
@table @command
|
|
|
|
@item expr, e
|
|
The expression evaluation result.
|
|
|
|
It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated,
|
|
which accepts the same constants and functions as the @var{x} and
|
|
@var{y} values. Note that not all constants should be used, for
|
|
example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so
|
|
the constants @var{text_w} and @var{text_h} will have an undefined
|
|
value.
|
|
|
|
@item gmtime
|
|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.
|
|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
|
|
|
|
@item localtime
|
|
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
|
|
It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
|
|
|
|
@item metadata
|
|
Frame metadata. It must take one argument specifying metadata key.
|
|
|
|
@item n, frame_num
|
|
The frame number, starting from 0.
|
|
|
|
@item pict_type
|
|
A 1 character description of the current picture type.
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
The timestamp of the current frame, in seconds, with microsecond accuracy.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the
|
|
optional parameters.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100
|
|
and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is
|
|
yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an
|
|
opacity of 20%.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
|
|
x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@@0.2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used
|
|
within the parameter list.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Show the text at the center of the video frame:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
|
|
frame. The file @file{LONG_LINE} is assumed to contain a single line
|
|
with no newlines.
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Show the content of file @file{CREDITS} off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.
|
|
The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
|
|
@example
|
|
drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%@{localtime:%a %b %d %Y@}'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
For more information about libfreetype, check:
|
|
@url{http://www.freetype.org/}.
|
|
|
|
For more information about fontconfig, check:
|
|
@url{http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html}.
|
|
|
|
@section edgedetect
|
|
|
|
Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item low
|
|
@item high
|
|
Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
|
|
algorithm.
|
|
|
|
The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then
|
|
connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected
|
|
by the low threshold.
|
|
|
|
@var{low} and @var{high} threshold values must be choosen in the range
|
|
[0,1], and @var{low} should be lesser or equal to @var{high}.
|
|
|
|
Default value for @var{low} is @code{20/255}, and default value for @var{high}
|
|
is @code{50/255}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
@example
|
|
edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section extractplanes
|
|
|
|
Extract color channel components from input video stream into
|
|
separate grayscale video streams.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following option:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item planes
|
|
Set plane(s) to extract.
|
|
|
|
Available values for planes are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item y
|
|
@item u
|
|
@item v
|
|
@item a
|
|
@item r
|
|
@item g
|
|
@item b
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error.
|
|
That means you cannot select @code{r}, @code{g}, @code{b} planes
|
|
with @code{y}, @code{u}, @code{v} planes at same time.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame
|
|
into 3 grayscale outputs:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section elbg
|
|
|
|
Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.
|
|
|
|
For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from
|
|
the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number
|
|
of distinct output colors.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item codebook_length, l
|
|
Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and
|
|
represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_steps, n
|
|
Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal
|
|
mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the
|
|
computation time. Default value is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item seed, s
|
|
Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and
|
|
UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter
|
|
will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section fade
|
|
|
|
Apply fade-in/out effect to input video.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item type, t
|
|
The effect type -- can be either "in" for fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out
|
|
effect.
|
|
Default is @code{in}.
|
|
|
|
@item start_frame, s
|
|
Specify the number of the start frame for starting to apply the fade
|
|
effect. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_frames, n
|
|
The number of frames for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
|
|
fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
|
|
at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the
|
|
selected @option{color}.
|
|
Default is 25.
|
|
|
|
@item alpha
|
|
If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.
|
|
Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item start_time, st
|
|
Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade
|
|
effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at
|
|
whichever comes last. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
|
|
fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
|
|
at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the
|
|
selected @option{color}.
|
|
If both duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item color, c
|
|
Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade in first 30 frames of video:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=in:0:30
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The command above is equivalent to:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade out last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=out:155:45
|
|
fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade in first 25 frames and fade out last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=in:5:20:color=yellow
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section field
|
|
|
|
Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride
|
|
arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as
|
|
non-interlaced.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item type
|
|
Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is @code{0} or
|
|
@code{top}) or the bottom field (if the value is @code{1} or
|
|
@code{bottom}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section fieldmatch
|
|
|
|
Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
|
|
progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated
|
|
frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine @code{fieldmatch} needs to be
|
|
followed by a decimation filter such as @ref{decimate} in the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by
|
|
the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.
|
|
If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content,
|
|
@code{fieldmatch} will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts.
|
|
But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be
|
|
de-interlaced by a later filter such as @ref{yadif} before decimation.
|
|
|
|
In addition to the various configuration options, @code{fieldmatch} can take an
|
|
optional second stream, activated through the @option{ppsrc} option. If
|
|
enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from
|
|
this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to
|
|
help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
|
|
(assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser,
|
|
or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
|
|
|
|
Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project)
|
|
and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from
|
|
which @code{fieldmatch} is based on. While the semantic and usage are very
|
|
close, some behaviour and options names can differ.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item order
|
|
Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item auto
|
|
Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
|
|
@item bff
|
|
Assume bottom field first.
|
|
@item tff
|
|
Assume top field first.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the
|
|
stream.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @var{auto}.
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set the matching mode or strategy to use. @option{pc} mode is the safest in the
|
|
sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when
|
|
possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
|
|
outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other
|
|
hand, @option{pcn_ub} mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness,
|
|
but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
|
|
all somewhere in between @option{pc} and @option{pcn_ub} in terms of risking
|
|
jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections
|
|
with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
|
|
|
|
More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in @ref{p/c/n/u/b meaning} section.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item pc
|
|
2-way matching (p/c)
|
|
@item pc_n
|
|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
|
|
@item pc_u
|
|
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
|
|
@item pc_n_ub
|
|
2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if
|
|
still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
|
|
@item pcn
|
|
3-way matching (p/c/n)
|
|
@item pcn_ub
|
|
3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
|
|
detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that
|
|
mode assuming @option{order}=@var{tff} (and @option{field} on @var{auto} or
|
|
@var{top}).
|
|
|
|
In terms of speed @option{pc} mode is by far the fastest and @option{pcn_ub} is
|
|
the slowest.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @var{pc_n}.
|
|
|
|
@item ppsrc
|
|
Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary
|
|
input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter
|
|
introduction for more details. It is similar to the @option{clip2} feature from
|
|
VFM/TFM.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{0} (disabled).
|
|
|
|
@item field
|
|
Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as
|
|
@option{order} unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In
|
|
certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a
|
|
large impact on matching performance. Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item auto
|
|
Automatic (same value as @option{order}).
|
|
@item bottom
|
|
Match from the bottom field.
|
|
@item top
|
|
Match from the top field.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @var{auto}.
|
|
|
|
@item mchroma
|
|
Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most
|
|
cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to @code{0}
|
|
only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other
|
|
artifacts. Setting this to @code{0} could also be used to speed things up at
|
|
the cost of some accuracy.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{1}.
|
|
|
|
@item y0
|
|
@item y1
|
|
These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between @option{y0} and
|
|
@option{y1} from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion
|
|
band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may
|
|
interfere with the matching. @option{y0} sets the starting scan line and
|
|
@option{y1} sets the ending line; all lines in between @option{y0} and
|
|
@option{y1} (including @option{y0} and @option{y1}) will be ignored. Setting
|
|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} to the same value will disable the feature.
|
|
@option{y0} and @option{y1} defaults to @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item scthresh
|
|
Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on
|
|
the luma plane. Good values are in the @code{[8.0, 14.0]} range. Scene change
|
|
detection is only relevant in case @option{combmatch}=@var{sc}. The range for
|
|
@option{scthresh} is @code{[0.0, 100.0]}.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{12.0}.
|
|
|
|
@item combmatch
|
|
When @option{combatch} is not @var{none}, @code{fieldmatch} will take into
|
|
account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the
|
|
final match. Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
No final matching based on combed scores.
|
|
@item sc
|
|
Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
|
|
@item full
|
|
Use combed scores all the time.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default is @var{sc}.
|
|
|
|
@item combdbg
|
|
Force @code{fieldmatch} to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and
|
|
print them. This setting is known as @option{micout} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
No forced calculation.
|
|
@item pcn
|
|
Force p/c/n calculations.
|
|
@item pcnub
|
|
Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @var{none}.
|
|
|
|
@item cthresh
|
|
This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
|
|
essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.
|
|
Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing
|
|
can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from
|
|
@code{-1} (every pixel will be detected as combed) to @code{255} (no pixel will
|
|
be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good
|
|
range is @code{[8, 12]}.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{9}.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma
|
|
Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only
|
|
disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are
|
|
causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually,
|
|
using @option{chroma}=@var{0} is usually more reliable, except for the case
|
|
where there is chroma only combing in the source.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item blockx
|
|
@item blocky
|
|
Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed
|
|
frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
|
|
@option{combpel} pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be
|
|
declared combed. See the @option{combpel} parameter description for more info.
|
|
Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up
|
|
to 512.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{16}.
|
|
|
|
@item combpel
|
|
The number of combed pixels inside any of the @option{blocky} by
|
|
@option{blockx} size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
|
|
combed. While @option{cthresh} controls how "visible" the combing must be, this
|
|
setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
|
|
window defined by the @option{blockx} and @option{blocky} settings) on the
|
|
frame. Minimum value is @code{0} and maximum is @code{blocky x blockx} (at
|
|
which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known
|
|
as @option{MI} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{80}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{p/c/n/u/b meaning}
|
|
@subsection p/c/n/u/b meaning
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection p/c/n
|
|
|
|
We assume the following telecined stream:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4
|
|
Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the
|
|
first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.
|
|
|
|
When @code{fieldmatch} is configured to run a matching from bottom
|
|
(@option{field}=@var{bottom}) this is how this input stream get transformed:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Input stream:
|
|
T 1 2 2 3 4
|
|
B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference
|
|
|
|
Matches: c c n n c
|
|
|
|
Output stream:
|
|
T 1 2 3 4 4
|
|
B 1 2 3 4 4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.
|
|
To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter
|
|
after this operation. See for instance the @ref{decimate} filter.
|
|
|
|
The same operation now matching from top fields (@option{field}=@var{top})
|
|
looks like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Input stream:
|
|
T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference
|
|
B 1 2 3 4 4
|
|
|
|
Matches: c c p p c
|
|
|
|
Output stream:
|
|
T 1 2 2 3 4
|
|
B 1 2 2 3 4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
In these examples, we can see what @var{p}, @var{c} and @var{n} mean;
|
|
basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item @var{p} matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame
|
|
@item @var{c} matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame
|
|
@item @var{n} matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection u/b
|
|
|
|
The @var{u} and @var{b} matching are a bit special in the sense that they match
|
|
from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are
|
|
currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a
|
|
'x' is placed above and below each matched fields.
|
|
|
|
With bottom matching (@option{field}=@var{bottom}):
|
|
@example
|
|
Match: c p n b u
|
|
|
|
x x x x x
|
|
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
|
|
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
|
|
x x x x x
|
|
|
|
Output frames:
|
|
2 1 2 2 2
|
|
2 2 2 1 3
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
With top matching (@option{field}=@var{top}):
|
|
@example
|
|
Match: c p n b u
|
|
|
|
x x x x x
|
|
Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
|
|
Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
|
|
x x x x x
|
|
|
|
Output frames:
|
|
2 2 2 1 2
|
|
2 1 3 2 2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Advanced IVTC, with fallback on @ref{yadif} for still combed frames:
|
|
@example
|
|
fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section fieldorder
|
|
|
|
Transform the field order of the input video.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item order
|
|
Output field order. Valid values are @var{tff} for top field first or @var{bff}
|
|
for bottom field first.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{tff}.
|
|
|
|
Transformation is achieved by shifting the picture content up or down
|
|
by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.
|
|
This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters.
|
|
|
|
If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already
|
|
flagged as being of the required output field order then this filter does
|
|
not alter the incoming video.
|
|
|
|
This filter is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
|
|
which is bottom field first.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section fifo
|
|
|
|
Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
|
|
|
|
This filter is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
|
|
framework.
|
|
|
|
The filter does not take parameters.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{format}
|
|
@section format
|
|
|
|
Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.
|
|
Libavfilter will try to pick one that is supported for the input to
|
|
the next filter.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item pix_fmts
|
|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example
|
|
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert the input video to the format @var{yuv420p}
|
|
@example
|
|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
|
|
@example
|
|
format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{fps}
|
|
@section fps
|
|
|
|
Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
|
|
frames as necessary.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item fps
|
|
Desired output frame rate. The default is @code{25}.
|
|
|
|
@item round
|
|
Rounding method.
|
|
|
|
Possible values are:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item zero
|
|
zero round towards 0
|
|
@item inf
|
|
round away from 0
|
|
@item down
|
|
round towards -infinity
|
|
@item up
|
|
round towards +infinity
|
|
@item near
|
|
round to nearest
|
|
@end table
|
|
The default is @code{near}.
|
|
|
|
@item start_time
|
|
Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for
|
|
padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made
|
|
about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done.
|
|
For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of
|
|
the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any
|
|
frames with a negative PTS.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
|
|
@var{fps}[:@var{round}].
|
|
|
|
See also the @ref{setpts} filter.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:
|
|
@example
|
|
fps=fps=25
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:
|
|
@example
|
|
fps=fps=film:round=near
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section framepack
|
|
|
|
Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper
|
|
metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
|
|
framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note
|
|
that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the @ref{scale} and
|
|
@ref{fps} filters.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item format
|
|
Desired packing format. Supported values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item sbs
|
|
Views are next to each other (default).
|
|
|
|
@item tab
|
|
Views are on top of each other.
|
|
|
|
@item lines
|
|
Views are packed by line.
|
|
|
|
@item columns
|
|
Views are eacked by column.
|
|
|
|
@item frameseq
|
|
Views are temporally interleaved.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Some examples follow:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
# Convert left and right views into a frame sequential video.
|
|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
# Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input.
|
|
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section framestep
|
|
|
|
Select one frame every N-th frame.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following option:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item step
|
|
Select frame after every @code{step} frames.
|
|
Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is @code{1}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{frei0r}
|
|
@section frei0r
|
|
|
|
Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
|
|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item filter_name
|
|
The name to the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
|
|
@env{FREI0R_PATH} is defined, the frei0r effect is searched in each one of the
|
|
directories specified by the colon separated list in @env{FREIOR_PATH},
|
|
otherwise in the standard frei0r paths, which are in this order:
|
|
@file{HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/},
|
|
@file{/usr/lib/frei0r-1/}.
|
|
|
|
@item filter_params
|
|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (whose values are specified
|
|
with "y" and "n"), a double, a color (specified by the syntax
|
|
@var{R}/@var{G}/@var{B}, (@var{R}, @var{G}, and @var{B} being float
|
|
numbers from 0.0 to 1.0) or by a color description specified in the "Color"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual), a position (specified by the syntax @var{X}/@var{Y},
|
|
@var{X} and @var{Y} being float numbers) and a string.
|
|
|
|
The number and kind of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an
|
|
effect parameter is not specified the default value is set.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply the distort0r effect, set the first two double parameters:
|
|
@example
|
|
frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply the colordistance effect, take a color as first parameter:
|
|
@example
|
|
frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
|
|
frei0r=colordistance:violet
|
|
frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply the perspective effect, specify the top left and top right image
|
|
positions:
|
|
@example
|
|
frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
For more information see:
|
|
@url{http://frei0r.dyne.org}
|
|
|
|
@section geq
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item lum_expr, lum
|
|
Set the luminance expression.
|
|
@item cb_expr, cb
|
|
Set the chrominance blue expression.
|
|
@item cr_expr, cr
|
|
Set the chrominance red expression.
|
|
@item alpha_expr, a
|
|
Set the alpha expression.
|
|
@item red_expr, r
|
|
Set the red expression.
|
|
@item green_expr, g
|
|
Set the green expression.
|
|
@item blue_expr, b
|
|
Set the blue expression.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one
|
|
of the @option{lum_expr}, @option{cb_expr}, or @option{cr_expr}
|
|
options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
|
|
colorspace. If one of the @option{red_expr}, @option{green_expr}, or
|
|
@option{blue_expr} options is specified, it will select an RGB
|
|
colorspace.
|
|
|
|
If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other
|
|
one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.
|
|
If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will evaluate
|
|
to the luminance expression.
|
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item N
|
|
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item X
|
|
@item Y
|
|
The coordinates of the current sample.
|
|
|
|
@item W
|
|
@item H
|
|
The width and height of the image.
|
|
|
|
@item SW
|
|
@item SH
|
|
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
|
|
ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
|
|
plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
|
|
@code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
|
|
|
|
@item T
|
|
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item p(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the current
|
|
plane.
|
|
|
|
@item lum(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the luminance
|
|
plane.
|
|
|
|
@item cb(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
|
|
blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
|
|
|
|
@item cr(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
|
|
red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
|
|
|
|
@item r(x, y)
|
|
@item g(x, y)
|
|
@item b(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
|
|
red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
|
|
|
|
@item alpha(x, y)
|
|
Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the alpha
|
|
plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For functions, if @var{x} and @var{y} are outside the area, the value will be
|
|
automatically clipped to the closer edge.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Flip the image horizontally:
|
|
@example
|
|
geq=p(W-X\,Y)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle @code{PI/3} and a
|
|
wavelength of 100 pixels:
|
|
@example
|
|
geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
|
|
@example
|
|
nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a quick emboss effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:
|
|
@example
|
|
geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section gradfun
|
|
|
|
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
|
|
regions by truncation to 8bit color depth.
|
|
Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and
|
|
dither them.
|
|
|
|
This filter is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to
|
|
lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and
|
|
bring back the bands.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item strength
|
|
The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the
|
|
threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from .51 to
|
|
64, default value is 1.2, out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid
|
|
range.
|
|
|
|
@item radius
|
|
The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother
|
|
gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed
|
|
regions. Acceptable values are 8-32, default value is 16, out-of-range values
|
|
will be clipped to the valid range.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
|
|
@var{strength}[:@var{radius}]
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply the filter with a @code{3.5} strength and radius of @code{8}:
|
|
@example
|
|
gradfun=3.5:8
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
|
|
value):
|
|
@example
|
|
gradfun=radius=8
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{haldclut}
|
|
@section haldclut
|
|
|
|
Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
|
|
|
|
First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT.
|
|
The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item shortest
|
|
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
|
|
@item repeatlast
|
|
Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of
|
|
@code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached.
|
|
Default is @code{1}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@code{haldclut} also has the same interpolation options as @ref{lut3d} (both
|
|
filters share the same internals).
|
|
|
|
More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website
|
|
(Hald CLUT author) at @url{http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html}.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Workflow examples
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT video stream
|
|
|
|
Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.
|
|
|
|
Then use it with @code{haldclut} to apply it on some random stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of
|
|
@file{clut.nut}), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be applied
|
|
to the remaining frames of the @code{mandelbrot} stream.
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Hald CLUT with preview
|
|
|
|
A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of @code{Level*Level*Level} by
|
|
@code{Level*Level*Level} pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the
|
|
biggest possible square starting at the top left of the picture. The remaining
|
|
padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can be used to add
|
|
a preview of the Hald CLUT.
|
|
|
|
Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the
|
|
@code{haldclut} filter:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "
|
|
pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
|
|
smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
|
|
[padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
|
|
[main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color
|
|
bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by
|
|
the color changes.
|
|
|
|
Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section hflip
|
|
|
|
Flip the input video horizontally.
|
|
|
|
For example to horizontally flip the input video with @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section histeq
|
|
This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a
|
|
per-frame basis.
|
|
|
|
It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel
|
|
intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
|
|
equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be
|
|
viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
|
|
useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source
|
|
video.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item strength
|
|
Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength
|
|
is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
|
|
approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number
|
|
in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
|
|
|
|
@item intensity
|
|
Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output
|
|
values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then
|
|
the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value
|
|
must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
|
|
|
|
@item antibanding
|
|
Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary
|
|
the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of
|
|
the histogram. Possible values are @code{none}, @code{weak} or
|
|
@code{strong}. It defaults to @code{none}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section histogram
|
|
|
|
Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
|
|
|
|
The computed histogram is a representation of distribution of color components
|
|
in an image.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set histogram mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item levels
|
|
standard histogram that display color components distribution in an image.
|
|
Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution
|
|
of the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format,
|
|
in current frame. Bellow each graph is color component scale meter.
|
|
|
|
@item color
|
|
chroma values in vectorscope, if brighter more such chroma values are
|
|
distributed in an image.
|
|
Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in two dimensional graph
|
|
(which is called a vectorscope). It can be used to read of the hue and
|
|
saturation of the current frame. At a same time it is a histogram.
|
|
The whiter a pixel in the vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame
|
|
correspond to that pixel (that is the more pixels have this chroma value).
|
|
The V component is displayed on the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost
|
|
side being V = 0 and the rightmost side being V = 255.
|
|
The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis, with the top
|
|
representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255.
|
|
|
|
The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value
|
|
of a pixel of the input clip. So the graph can be used to read of the
|
|
hue (color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color).
|
|
As the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of
|
|
the square, the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel
|
|
has no color. If you increase the amount of a specific color, while leaving
|
|
the other colors unchanged, the saturation increases, and you move towards
|
|
the edge of the square.
|
|
|
|
@item color2
|
|
chroma values in vectorscope, similar as @code{color} but actual chroma values
|
|
are displayed.
|
|
|
|
@item waveform
|
|
per row/column color component graph. In row mode graph in the left side represents
|
|
color component value 0 and right side represents value = 255. In column mode top
|
|
side represents color component value = 0 and bottom side represents value = 255.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @code{levels}.
|
|
|
|
@item level_height
|
|
Set height of level in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{200}.
|
|
Allowed range is [50, 2048].
|
|
|
|
@item scale_height
|
|
Set height of color scale in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{12}.
|
|
Allowed range is [0, 40].
|
|
|
|
@item step
|
|
Set step for @code{waveform} mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how much
|
|
of same luminance values across input rows/columns are distributed.
|
|
Default value is @code{10}. Allowed range is [1, 255].
|
|
|
|
@item waveform_mode
|
|
Set mode for @code{waveform}. Can be either @code{row}, or @code{column}.
|
|
Default is @code{row}.
|
|
|
|
@item waveform_mirror
|
|
Set mirroring mode for @code{waveform}. @code{0} means unmirrored, @code{1}
|
|
means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left
|
|
side for @code{row} mode and at the top for @code{column} mode. Default is
|
|
@code{0} (unmirrored).
|
|
|
|
@item display_mode
|
|
Set display mode for @code{waveform} and @code{levels}.
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item parade
|
|
Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
|
|
@code{row} waveform mode or one below other in @code{column} waveform mode
|
|
for @code{waveform} histogram mode. For @code{levels} histogram mode
|
|
per color component graphs are placed one bellow other.
|
|
|
|
This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easy to spot
|
|
color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the
|
|
contours of the top and the bottom of each waveform.
|
|
Since whites, grays, and blacks are characterized by
|
|
exactly equal amounts of red, green, and blue, neutral areas of the
|
|
picture should display three waveforms of roughly equal width/height.
|
|
If not, the correction is easy to make by making adjustments to level the
|
|
three waveforms.
|
|
|
|
@item overlay
|
|
Presents information that's identical to that in the @code{parade}, except
|
|
that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly
|
|
over one another.
|
|
|
|
This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode can make it easier to spot
|
|
the relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color
|
|
components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays,
|
|
or blacks.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default is @code{parade}.
|
|
|
|
@item levels_mode
|
|
Set mode for @code{levels}. Can be either @code{linear}, or @code{logarithmic}.
|
|
Default is @code{linear}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Calculate and draw histogram:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -i input -vf histogram
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{hqdn3d}
|
|
@section hqdn3d
|
|
|
|
High precision/quality 3d denoise filter. This filter aims to reduce
|
|
image noise producing smooth images and making still images really
|
|
still. It should enhance compressibility.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following optional parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_spatial
|
|
a non-negative float number which specifies spatial luma strength,
|
|
defaults to 4.0
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_spatial
|
|
a non-negative float number which specifies spatial chroma strength,
|
|
defaults to 3.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0
|
|
|
|
@item luma_tmp
|
|
a float number which specifies luma temporal strength, defaults to
|
|
6.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_tmp
|
|
a float number which specifies chroma temporal strength, defaults to
|
|
@var{luma_tmp}*@var{chroma_spatial}/@var{luma_spatial}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section hue
|
|
|
|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h
|
|
Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
|
|
and defaults to "0".
|
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
|
|
defaults to "1".
|
|
|
|
@item H
|
|
Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an
|
|
expression, and defaults to "0".
|
|
|
|
@item b
|
|
Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
|
|
defaults to "0".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@option{h} and @option{H} are mutually exclusive, and can't be
|
|
specified at the same time.
|
|
|
|
The @option{b}, @option{h}, @option{H} and @option{s} option values are
|
|
expressions containing the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
frame count of the input frame starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
|
|
|
|
@item r
|
|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
|
|
|
@item tb
|
|
time base of the input video
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue=h=90:s=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue=H=PI/2:s=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0
|
|
and 2 over a period of 1 second:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The general fade-in expression can be written as:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The general fade-out expression can be written as:
|
|
@example
|
|
hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item b
|
|
@item s
|
|
@item h
|
|
@item H
|
|
Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.
|
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
|
value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section idet
|
|
|
|
Detect video interlacing type.
|
|
|
|
This filter tries to detect if the input is interlaced or progressive,
|
|
top or bottom field first.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item intl_thres
|
|
Set interlacing threshold.
|
|
@item prog_thres
|
|
Set progressive threshold.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section il
|
|
|
|
Deinterleave or interleave fields.
|
|
|
|
This filter allows to process interlaced images fields without
|
|
deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2
|
|
fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top
|
|
half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.
|
|
You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_mode, l
|
|
@item chroma_mode, c
|
|
@item alpha_mode, a
|
|
Available values for @var{luma_mode}, @var{chroma_mode} and
|
|
@var{alpha_mode} are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
Do nothing.
|
|
|
|
@item deinterleave, d
|
|
Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
|
|
|
|
@item interleave, i
|
|
Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @code{none}.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_swap, ls
|
|
@item chroma_swap, cs
|
|
@item alpha_swap, as
|
|
Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is @code{0}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section interlace
|
|
|
|
Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
|
|
lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
|
|
halving the frame rate and preserving image height.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Original Original New Frame
|
|
Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff)
|
|
========== =========== ==================
|
|
Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0
|
|
Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1
|
|
Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2
|
|
Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3
|
|
... ... ...
|
|
New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following optional parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item scan
|
|
determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff - default)
|
|
or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
|
|
|
|
@item lowpass
|
|
Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter
|
|
interlacing and reduce moire patterns.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section kerndeint
|
|
|
|
Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel
|
|
deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce
|
|
progressive frames.
|
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item thresh
|
|
Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when
|
|
determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer
|
|
in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in
|
|
applying the process on every pixels.
|
|
|
|
@item map
|
|
Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.
|
|
Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item order
|
|
Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if
|
|
0. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item sharp
|
|
Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item twoway
|
|
Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply default values:
|
|
@example
|
|
kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Enable additional sharpening:
|
|
@example
|
|
kerndeint=sharp=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Paint processed pixels in white:
|
|
@example
|
|
kerndeint=map=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{lut3d}
|
|
@section lut3d
|
|
|
|
Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item file
|
|
Set the 3D LUT file name.
|
|
|
|
Currently supported formats:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item 3dl
|
|
AfterEffects
|
|
@item cube
|
|
Iridas
|
|
@item dat
|
|
DaVinci
|
|
@item m3d
|
|
Pandora
|
|
@end table
|
|
@item interp
|
|
Select interpolation mode.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item nearest
|
|
Use values from the nearest defined point.
|
|
@item trilinear
|
|
Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.
|
|
@item tetrahedral
|
|
Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
|
|
|
|
Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value
|
|
to an output value, and apply it to input video.
|
|
|
|
@var{lutyuv} applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, @var{lutrgb}
|
|
to an RGB input video.
|
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item c0
|
|
set first pixel component expression
|
|
@item c1
|
|
set second pixel component expression
|
|
@item c2
|
|
set third pixel component expression
|
|
@item c3
|
|
set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
|
|
|
|
@item r
|
|
set red component expression
|
|
@item g
|
|
set green component expression
|
|
@item b
|
|
set blue component expression
|
|
@item a
|
|
alpha component expression
|
|
|
|
@item y
|
|
set Y/luminance component expression
|
|
@item u
|
|
set U/Cb component expression
|
|
@item v
|
|
set V/Cr component expression
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for
|
|
the corresponding pixel component values.
|
|
|
|
The exact component associated to each of the @var{c*} options depends on the
|
|
format in input.
|
|
|
|
The @var{lut} filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input,
|
|
@var{lutrgb} requires RGB pixel formats in input, and @var{lutyuv} requires YUV.
|
|
|
|
The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
the input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item val
|
|
input value for the pixel component
|
|
|
|
@item clipval
|
|
the input value clipped in the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range
|
|
|
|
@item maxval
|
|
maximum value for the pixel component
|
|
|
|
@item minval
|
|
minimum value for the pixel component
|
|
|
|
@item negval
|
|
the negated value for the pixel component value clipped in the
|
|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range , it corresponds to the expression
|
|
"maxval-clipval+minval"
|
|
|
|
@item clip(val)
|
|
the computed value in @var{val} clipped in the
|
|
@var{minval}-@var{maxval} range
|
|
|
|
@item gammaval(gamma)
|
|
the computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value
|
|
clipped in the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range, corresponds to the
|
|
expression
|
|
"pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,@var{gamma})*(maxval-minval)+minval"
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
All expressions default to "val".
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Negate input video:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
|
|
lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The above is the same as:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
|
|
lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Negate luminance:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutyuv=y=negval
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Remove chroma components, turns the video into a graytone image:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply a luma burning effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutyuv="y=2*val"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Remove green and blue components:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Correct luminance gamma by a 0.5 factor:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Discard least significant bits of luma:
|
|
@example
|
|
lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section mergeplanes
|
|
|
|
Merge color channel components from several video streams.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input
|
|
planes to the output video.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mapping
|
|
Set input to output plane mapping. Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a
|
|
hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the
|
|
mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of
|
|
the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the
|
|
corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
|
|
similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second
|
|
plane, 'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and
|
|
'Dd' describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane.
|
|
|
|
@item format
|
|
Set output pixel format. Default is @code{yuva444p}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
[a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
[a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section mcdeint
|
|
|
|
Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.
|
|
|
|
It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together
|
|
with yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set the deinterlacing mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts one of the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item fast
|
|
@item medium
|
|
@item slow
|
|
use iterative motion estimation
|
|
@item extra_slow
|
|
like @samp{slow}, but use multiple reference frames.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @samp{fast}.
|
|
|
|
@item parity
|
|
Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be
|
|
one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item 0, tff
|
|
assume top field first
|
|
@item 1, bff
|
|
assume bottom field first
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{bff}.
|
|
|
|
@item qp
|
|
Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal
|
|
encoder.
|
|
|
|
Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less
|
|
optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section mp
|
|
|
|
Apply an MPlayer filter to the input video.
|
|
|
|
This filter provides a wrapper around some of the filters of
|
|
MPlayer/MEncoder.
|
|
|
|
This wrapper is considered experimental. Some of the wrapped filters
|
|
may not work properly and we may drop support for them, as they will
|
|
be implemented natively into FFmpeg. Thus you should avoid
|
|
depending on them when writing portable scripts.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the parameters:
|
|
@var{filter_name}[:=]@var{filter_params}
|
|
|
|
@var{filter_name} is the name of a supported MPlayer filter,
|
|
@var{filter_params} is a string containing the parameters accepted by
|
|
the named filter.
|
|
|
|
The list of the currently supported filters follows:
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item eq2
|
|
@item eq
|
|
@item fspp
|
|
@item ilpack
|
|
@item pp7
|
|
@item softpulldown
|
|
@item uspp
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parameter syntax and behavior for the listed filters are the same
|
|
of the corresponding MPlayer filters. For detailed instructions check
|
|
the "VIDEO FILTERS" section in the MPlayer manual.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Adjust gamma, brightness, contrast:
|
|
@example
|
|
mp=eq2=1.0:2:0.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
See also mplayer(1), @url{http://www.mplayerhq.hu/}.
|
|
|
|
@section mpdecimate
|
|
|
|
Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
|
|
order to reduce frame rate.
|
|
|
|
The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding
|
|
(e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for
|
|
fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item max
|
|
Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
|
|
positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
|
|
negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the
|
|
number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
|
|
|
|
Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item hi
|
|
@item lo
|
|
@item frac
|
|
Set the dropping threshold values.
|
|
|
|
Values for @option{hi} and @option{lo} are for 8x8 pixel blocks and
|
|
represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
|
|
corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
|
|
out differently over the block.
|
|
|
|
A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more
|
|
than a threshold of @option{hi}, and if no more than @option{frac} blocks (1
|
|
meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of @option{lo}.
|
|
|
|
Default value for @option{hi} is 64*12, default value for @option{lo} is
|
|
64*5, and default value for @option{frac} is 0.33.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section negate
|
|
|
|
Negate input video.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts an integer in input, if non-zero it negates the
|
|
alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0.
|
|
|
|
@section noformat
|
|
|
|
Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the
|
|
input to the next filter.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item pix_fmts
|
|
A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example
|
|
"pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Force libavfilter to use a format different from @var{yuv420p} for the
|
|
input to the vflip filter:
|
|
@example
|
|
noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:
|
|
@example
|
|
noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section noise
|
|
|
|
Add noise on video input frame.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item all_seed
|
|
@item c0_seed
|
|
@item c1_seed
|
|
@item c2_seed
|
|
@item c3_seed
|
|
Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
|
of @var{all_seed}. Default value is @code{123457}.
|
|
|
|
@item all_strength, alls
|
|
@item c0_strength, c0s
|
|
@item c1_strength, c1s
|
|
@item c2_strength, c2s
|
|
@item c3_strength, c3s
|
|
Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
|
@var{all_strength}. Default value is @code{0}. Allowed range is [0, 100].
|
|
|
|
@item all_flags, allf
|
|
@item c0_flags, c0f
|
|
@item c1_flags, c1f
|
|
@item c2_flags, c2f
|
|
@item c3_flags, c3f
|
|
Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if @var{all_flags}.
|
|
Available values for component flags are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item a
|
|
averaged temporal noise (smoother)
|
|
@item p
|
|
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
|
|
@item t
|
|
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
|
|
@item u
|
|
uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
|
|
@example
|
|
noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section null
|
|
|
|
Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
|
|
|
|
@section ocv
|
|
|
|
Apply video transform using libopencv.
|
|
|
|
To enable this filter install libopencv library and headers and
|
|
configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libopencv}.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item filter_name
|
|
The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
|
|
|
|
@item filter_params
|
|
The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified the default
|
|
values are assumed.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
|
|
information:
|
|
@url{http://opencv.willowgarage.com/documentation/c/image_filtering.html}
|
|
|
|
Follows the list of supported libopencv filters.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{dilate}
|
|
@subsection dilate
|
|
|
|
Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.
|
|
This filter corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvDilate}.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}|@var{nb_iterations}.
|
|
|
|
@var{struct_el} represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
|
|
@var{cols}x@var{rows}+@var{anchor_x}x@var{anchor_y}/@var{shape}
|
|
|
|
@var{cols} and @var{rows} represent the number of columns and rows of
|
|
the structuring element, @var{anchor_x} and @var{anchor_y} the anchor
|
|
point, and @var{shape} the shape for the structuring element, and
|
|
can be one of the values "rect", "cross", "ellipse", "custom".
|
|
|
|
If the value for @var{shape} is "custom", it must be followed by a
|
|
string of the form "=@var{filename}". The file with name
|
|
@var{filename} is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
|
|
printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
|
|
@var{shape} is used, @var{cols} and @var{rows} are ignored, the number
|
|
or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
|
|
|
|
The default value for @var{struct_el} is "3x3+0x0/rect".
|
|
|
|
@var{nb_iterations} specifies the number of times the transform is
|
|
applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
|
|
|
|
Follow some example:
|
|
@example
|
|
# use the default values
|
|
ocv=dilate
|
|
|
|
# dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterate two times
|
|
ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
|
|
|
|
# read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterate two times
|
|
# the file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this:
|
|
# *
|
|
# ***
|
|
# *****
|
|
# ***
|
|
# *
|
|
# the specified cols and rows are ignored (but not the anchor point coordinates)
|
|
ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@subsection erode
|
|
|
|
Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.
|
|
This filter corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvErode}.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}:@var{nb_iterations},
|
|
with the same syntax and semantics as the @ref{dilate} filter.
|
|
|
|
@subsection smooth
|
|
|
|
Smooth the input video.
|
|
|
|
The filter takes the following parameters:
|
|
@var{type}|@var{param1}|@var{param2}|@var{param3}|@var{param4}.
|
|
|
|
@var{type} is the type of smooth filter to apply, and can be one of
|
|
the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian",
|
|
"bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".
|
|
|
|
@var{param1}, @var{param2}, @var{param3}, and @var{param4} are
|
|
parameters whose meanings depend on smooth type. @var{param1} and
|
|
@var{param2} accept integer positive values or 0, @var{param3} and
|
|
@var{param4} accept float values.
|
|
|
|
The default value for @var{param1} is 3, the default value for the
|
|
other parameters is 0.
|
|
|
|
These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
|
|
libopencv function @code{cvSmooth}.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{overlay}
|
|
@section overlay
|
|
|
|
Overlay one video on top of another.
|
|
|
|
It takes two inputs and one output, the first input is the "main"
|
|
video on which the second input is overlayed.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted options follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlayed video
|
|
on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case
|
|
the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the
|
|
overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
|
|
|
|
@item eof_action
|
|
The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input, accepts one
|
|
of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item repeat
|
|
repeat the last frame (the default)
|
|
@item endall
|
|
end both streams
|
|
@item pass
|
|
pass through the main input
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item eval
|
|
Set when the expressions for @option{x}, and @option{y} are evaluated.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item init
|
|
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or
|
|
when a command is processed
|
|
|
|
@item frame
|
|
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{frame}.
|
|
|
|
@item shortest
|
|
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
|
|
terminates. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item format
|
|
Set the format for the output video.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item yuv420
|
|
force YUV420 output
|
|
|
|
@item yuv422
|
|
force YUV422 output
|
|
|
|
@item yuv444
|
|
force YUV444 output
|
|
|
|
@item rgb
|
|
force RGB output
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{yuv420}.
|
|
|
|
@item rgb @emph{(deprecated)}
|
|
If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB
|
|
color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use
|
|
@option{format} instead.
|
|
|
|
@item repeatlast
|
|
If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the
|
|
main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
|
|
behavior. Default value is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The @option{x}, and @option{y} expressions can contain the following
|
|
parameters.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item main_w, W
|
|
@item main_h, H
|
|
main input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item overlay_w, w
|
|
@item overlay_h, h
|
|
overlay input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
the computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
|
|
each new frame.
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output
|
|
format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and
|
|
@var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note that the @var{n}, @var{pos}, @var{t} variables are available only
|
|
when evaluation is done @emph{per frame}, and will evaluate to NAN
|
|
when @option{eval} is set to @samp{init}.
|
|
|
|
Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
|
|
order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea
|
|
to pass the two inputs through a @var{setpts=PTS-STARTPTS} filter to
|
|
have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as it does the example for
|
|
the @var{movie} filter.
|
|
|
|
You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
|
|
efficiency of such approach.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
This filter supports the following commands:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
Modify the x and y of the overlay input.
|
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
|
value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
|
|
video:
|
|
@example
|
|
overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Using named options the example above becomes:
|
|
@example
|
|
overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
|
|
using the @command{ffmpeg} tool with the @code{-filter_complex} option:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom
|
|
right corner) using the @command{ffmpeg} tool:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video, @code{WxH}
|
|
must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
|
|
@example
|
|
color=color=red@@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
|
|
filter) side by side using the @command{ffplay} tool:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The above command is the same as:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the
|
|
screen starting since time 2:
|
|
@example
|
|
overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
|
|
nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
|
|
[0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
|
|
[1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
|
|
[background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left];
|
|
[background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
|
|
"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
|
|
-vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
|
|
masked.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Chain several overlays in cascade:
|
|
@example
|
|
nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
|
|
testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
|
|
[in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0];
|
|
[in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];
|
|
[in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
|
|
[in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section owdenoise
|
|
|
|
Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item depth
|
|
Set depth.
|
|
|
|
Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but
|
|
slow down filtering.
|
|
|
|
Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is @code{8}.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls
|
|
Set luma strength.
|
|
|
|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs
|
|
Set chroma strength.
|
|
|
|
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section pad
|
|
|
|
Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the
|
|
given coordinates @var{x}, @var{y}.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
@item height, h
|
|
Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the
|
|
paddings added. If the value for @var{width} or @var{height} is 0, the
|
|
corresponding input size is used for the output.
|
|
|
|
The @var{width} expression can reference the value set by the
|
|
@var{height} expression, and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{width} and @var{height} is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
Specify an expression for the offsets where to place the input image
|
|
in the padded area with respect to the top/left border of the output
|
|
image.
|
|
|
|
The @var{x} expression can reference the value set by the @var{y}
|
|
expression, and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item color
|
|
Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option,
|
|
check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
The default value of @var{color} is "black".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The value for the @var{width}, @var{height}, @var{x}, and @var{y}
|
|
options are expressions containing the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item in_w
|
|
@item in_h
|
|
the input video width and height
|
|
|
|
@item iw
|
|
@item ih
|
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}
|
|
|
|
@item out_w
|
|
@item out_h
|
|
the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
|
|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions
|
|
|
|
@item ow
|
|
@item oh
|
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
@item y
|
|
x and y offsets as specified by the @var{x} and @var{y}
|
|
expressions, or NAN if not yet specified
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
input sample aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
@item dar
|
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Add paddings with color "violet" to the input video. Output video
|
|
size is 640x480, the top-left corner of the input video is placed at
|
|
column 0, row 40:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad=640:480:0:40:violet
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The example above is equivalent to the following command:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2,
|
|
and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum
|
|
value between the input width and height, and put the input video at
|
|
the center of the padded area:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
|
|
correctly, it is necessary to use @var{sar} in the expression,
|
|
according to the relation:
|
|
@example
|
|
(ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
|
|
X = output_dar / sar
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Double output size and put the input video in the bottom-right
|
|
corner of the output padded area:
|
|
@example
|
|
pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section perspective
|
|
|
|
Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item x0
|
|
@item y0
|
|
@item x1
|
|
@item y1
|
|
@item x2
|
|
@item y2
|
|
@item x3
|
|
@item y3
|
|
Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners.
|
|
Default values are @code{0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H} with which perspective will remain unchanged.
|
|
|
|
The expressions can use the following variables:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item W
|
|
@item H
|
|
the width and height of video frame.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item interpolation
|
|
Set interpolation for perspective correction.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item linear
|
|
@item cubic
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{linear}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section phase
|
|
|
|
Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
|
|
|
|
The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
|
|
opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
|
|
|
|
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set phase mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item t
|
|
Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
|
|
Filter will delay the bottom field.
|
|
|
|
@item b
|
|
Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first.
|
|
Filter will delay the top field.
|
|
|
|
@item p
|
|
Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
|
|
for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
|
|
actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
|
|
opposite.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} modes on a frame by frame
|
|
basis using field flags. If no field information is available,
|
|
then this works just like @samp{u}.
|
|
|
|
@item u
|
|
Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} on a frame by frame basis by
|
|
analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best
|
|
match between the fields.
|
|
|
|
@item T
|
|
Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
|
|
|
|
@item B
|
|
Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
|
|
|
|
@item A
|
|
Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using field flags and
|
|
image analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
|
|
like @samp{U}. This is the default mode.
|
|
|
|
@item U
|
|
Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.
|
|
Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis only.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section pixdesctest
|
|
|
|
Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal
|
|
testing. The output video should be equal to the input video.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
@example
|
|
format=monow, pixdesctest
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.
|
|
|
|
@section pp
|
|
|
|
Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
|
|
library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (@code{--enable-gpl}).
|
|
Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.
|
|
Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
|
|
interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.
|
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item subfilters
|
|
Set postprocessing subfilters string.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item a/autoq
|
|
Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
|
|
|
|
@item c/chrom
|
|
Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
|
|
|
|
@item y/nochrom
|
|
Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
|
|
|
|
@item n/noluma
|
|
Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.
|
|
|
|
Available subfilters are:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
|
|
Horizontal deblocking filter
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item difference
|
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
|
|
@item flatness
|
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
|
|
Vertical deblocking filter
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item difference
|
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
|
|
@item flatness
|
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
|
|
Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item difference
|
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
|
|
@item flatness
|
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
|
|
Accurate vertical deblocking filter
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item difference
|
|
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
|
|
@item flatness
|
|
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
|
|
flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
|
|
thresholds.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item h1/x1hdeblock
|
|
Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
|
|
|
|
@item v1/x1vdeblock
|
|
Experimental vertical deblocking filter
|
|
|
|
@item dr/dering
|
|
Deringing filter
|
|
|
|
@item tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item threshold1
|
|
larger -> stronger filtering
|
|
@item threshold2
|
|
larger -> stronger filtering
|
|
@item threshold3
|
|
larger -> stronger filtering
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item f/fullyrange
|
|
Stretch luminance to @code{0-255}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item lb/linblenddeint
|
|
Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
|
|
filtering all lines with a @code{(1 2 1)} filter.
|
|
|
|
@item li/linipoldeint
|
|
Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
|
|
linearly interpolating every second line.
|
|
|
|
@item ci/cubicipoldeint
|
|
Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
|
|
cubically interpolating every second line.
|
|
|
|
@item md/mediandeint
|
|
Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
|
|
median filter to every second line.
|
|
|
|
@item fd/ffmpegdeint
|
|
FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every
|
|
second line with a @code{(-1 4 2 4 -1)} filter.
|
|
|
|
@item l5/lowpass5
|
|
Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
|
|
block by filtering all lines with a @code{(-1 2 6 2 -1)} filter.
|
|
|
|
@item fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
|
|
Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you
|
|
specify.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item quantizer
|
|
Quantizer to use
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item de/default
|
|
Default pp filter combination (@code{hb|a,vb|a,dr|a})
|
|
|
|
@item fa/fast
|
|
Fast pp filter combination (@code{h1|a,v1|a,dr|a})
|
|
|
|
@item ac
|
|
High quality pp filter combination (@code{ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a})
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
|
|
brightness/contrast:
|
|
@example
|
|
pp=hb/vb/dr/al
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:
|
|
@example
|
|
pp=de/-al
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:
|
|
@example
|
|
pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
|
|
automatically depending on available CPU time:
|
|
@example
|
|
pp=hb|y/vb|a
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section psnr
|
|
|
|
Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise
|
|
Ratio) between two input videos.
|
|
|
|
This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
|
|
considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
|
|
output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for computing
|
|
the PSNR.
|
|
|
|
Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for
|
|
this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs
|
|
have the same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
|
|
|
|
The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system.
|
|
|
|
The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each
|
|
frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames
|
|
equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the
|
|
image.
|
|
|
|
The description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item stats_file, f
|
|
If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of
|
|
each individual frame.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The file printed if @var{stats_file} is selected, contains a sequence of
|
|
key/value pairs of the form @var{key}:@var{value} for each compared
|
|
couple of frames.
|
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
|
|
|
|
@item mse_avg
|
|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
|
|
frames, averaged over all the image components.
|
|
|
|
@item mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_g, mse_a
|
|
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
|
|
frames for the component specified by the suffix.
|
|
|
|
@item psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a
|
|
Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component
|
|
specified by the suffix.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
|
|
[main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
On this example the input file being processed is compared with the
|
|
reference file @file{ref_movie.mpg}. The PSNR of each individual frame
|
|
is stored in @file{stats.log}.
|
|
|
|
@section pullup
|
|
|
|
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
|
|
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
|
|
content.
|
|
|
|
The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making
|
|
its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock
|
|
onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
|
|
fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
|
|
|
|
To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after
|
|
pullup, use @code{fps=24000/1001} if the input frame rate is 29.97fps,
|
|
@code{fps=24} for 30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item jl
|
|
@item jr
|
|
@item jt
|
|
@item jb
|
|
These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and
|
|
bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels,
|
|
while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines.
|
|
The default is 8 pixels on each side.
|
|
|
|
@item sb
|
|
Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
|
|
filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
|
|
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
|
|
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily.
|
|
This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between
|
|
the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.
|
|
Default value is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item mp
|
|
Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item l
|
|
Use luma plane.
|
|
|
|
@item u
|
|
Use chroma blue plane.
|
|
|
|
@item v
|
|
Use chroma red plane.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane
|
|
for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean
|
|
source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there
|
|
is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.
|
|
The main purpose of setting @option{mp} to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
|
|
load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is
|
|
necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse
|
|
telecine NTSC input:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section removelogo
|
|
|
|
Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which
|
|
pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that
|
|
comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filename, f
|
|
Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
|
|
libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the
|
|
video stream being processed.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
|
|
considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of
|
|
the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the
|
|
rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is
|
|
recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo
|
|
visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode
|
|
filter once or twice.
|
|
|
|
If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if
|
|
logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much
|
|
reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as
|
|
much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over
|
|
the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra
|
|
pixels will slow things down on a large logo.
|
|
|
|
@section rotate
|
|
|
|
Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
A description of the optional parameters follows.
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item angle, a
|
|
Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video
|
|
clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will
|
|
result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
|
|
|
|
This expression is evaluated for each frame.
|
|
|
|
@item out_w, ow
|
|
Set the output width expression, default value is "iw".
|
|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
|
|
|
|
@item out_h, oh
|
|
Set the output height expression, default value is "ih".
|
|
This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
|
|
|
|
@item bilinear
|
|
Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables
|
|
it. Default value is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item fillcolor, c
|
|
Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated
|
|
image. For the generalsyntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
|
|
ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no
|
|
background is printed (useful for example if the background is never shown).
|
|
|
|
Default value is "black".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the
|
|
following constants and functions:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN
|
|
before the first frame is filtered.
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is
|
|
configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item in_w, iw
|
|
@item in_h, ih
|
|
the input video width and height
|
|
|
|
@item out_w, ow
|
|
@item out_h, oh
|
|
the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
|
|
specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions
|
|
|
|
@item rotw(a)
|
|
@item roth(a)
|
|
the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input
|
|
video rotated by @var{a} radians.
|
|
|
|
These are only available when computing the @option{out_w} and
|
|
@option{out_h} expressions.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=PI/6
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=-PI/6
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=45*PI/180
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T
|
|
seconds and an amplitude of A radians:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate the video, output size is choosen so that the whole rotating
|
|
input video is always completely contained in the output:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever
|
|
shown:
|
|
@example
|
|
rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
The filter supports the following commands:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item a, angle
|
|
Set the angle expression.
|
|
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
|
|
|
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
|
value.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section sab
|
|
|
|
Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_radius, lr
|
|
Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default
|
|
value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and
|
|
in slower processing.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr
|
|
Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default
|
|
value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls
|
|
Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must
|
|
be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr
|
|
Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0. A
|
|
greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
|
|
processing.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr
|
|
Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs
|
|
Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered,
|
|
must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the
|
|
corresponding luma option value.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{scale}
|
|
@section scale
|
|
|
|
Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
|
|
|
|
The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same
|
|
of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
|
|
|
|
If the input image format is different from the format requested by
|
|
the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the
|
|
requested format.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Options
|
|
The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options
|
|
supported by the libswscale scaler.
|
|
|
|
See @ref{scaler_options,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for
|
|
the complete list of scaler options.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item width, w
|
|
@item height, h
|
|
Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
|
|
dimension.
|
|
|
|
If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output.
|
|
|
|
If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that
|
|
maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
|
|
other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is
|
|
used
|
|
|
|
If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value
|
|
that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other
|
|
specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated
|
|
dimension is divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.
|
|
|
|
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension
|
|
expression.
|
|
|
|
@item interl
|
|
Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item 1
|
|
Force interlaced aware scaling.
|
|
|
|
@item 0
|
|
Do not apply interlaced scaling.
|
|
|
|
@item -1
|
|
Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames
|
|
are flagged as interlaced or not.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item flags
|
|
Set libswscale scaling flags. See
|
|
@ref{sws_flags,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for the
|
|
complete list of values. If not explictly specified the filter applies
|
|
the default flags.
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
@item in_color_matrix
|
|
@item out_color_matrix
|
|
Set in/output YCbCr color space type.
|
|
|
|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
|
|
a specific value used for the output and encoder.
|
|
|
|
If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.
|
|
|
|
Possible values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item auto
|
|
Choose automatically.
|
|
|
|
@item bt709
|
|
Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
|
|
Recommendation BT.709.
|
|
|
|
@item fcc
|
|
Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications
|
|
Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a).
|
|
|
|
@item bt601
|
|
Set color space conforming to:
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@item smpte240m
|
|
Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item in_range
|
|
@item out_range
|
|
Set in/output YCbCr sample range.
|
|
|
|
This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
|
|
a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the
|
|
range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item auto
|
|
Choose automatically.
|
|
|
|
@item jpeg/full/pc
|
|
Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
|
|
|
|
@item mpeg/tv
|
|
Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item force_original_aspect_ratio
|
|
Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to
|
|
keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item disable
|
|
Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
|
|
|
|
@item decrease
|
|
The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.
|
|
|
|
@item increase
|
|
The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's
|
|
maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to
|
|
that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows
|
|
1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to
|
|
decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the output
|
|
1280x533.
|
|
|
|
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for @option{w}
|
|
or @option{h}, you still need to specify the output resolution for this option
|
|
to work.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The values of the @option{w} and @option{h} options are expressions
|
|
containing the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @var
|
|
@item in_w
|
|
@item in_h
|
|
the input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item iw
|
|
@item ih
|
|
same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}
|
|
|
|
@item out_w
|
|
@item out_h
|
|
the output (scaled) width and height
|
|
|
|
@item ow
|
|
@item oh
|
|
same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
input sample aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
@item dar
|
|
input display aspect ratio. Calculated from @code{(iw / ih) * sar}.
|
|
|
|
@item hsub
|
|
@item vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item ohsub
|
|
@item ovsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Scale the input video to a size of 200x100:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=w=200:h=100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
This is equivalent to:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=200:100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
or:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=200x100
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=qcif
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
which can also be written as:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=size=qcif
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Scale the input to 2x:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The above is the same as:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Scale the input to half size:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=3/2*iw:ow
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Seek for Greek harmony:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
|
|
scale=ih*PHI:ih
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase the size, but make the size a multiple of the chroma
|
|
subsample values:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keep the same input
|
|
aspect ratio:
|
|
@example
|
|
scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section separatefields
|
|
|
|
The @code{separatefields} takes a frame-based video input and splits
|
|
each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip
|
|
with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
|
|
|
|
This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which
|
|
of each pair of fields to place first in the output.
|
|
If it gets it wrong use @ref{setfield} filter before @code{separatefields} filter.
|
|
|
|
@section setdar, setsar
|
|
|
|
The @code{setdar} filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter
|
|
output video.
|
|
|
|
This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
|
|
Ratio, according to the following equation:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{DAR} = @var{HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION} / @var{VERTICAL_RESOLUTION} * @var{SAR}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Keep in mind that the @code{setdar} filter does not modify the pixel
|
|
dimensions of the video frame. Also the display aspect ratio set by
|
|
this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain,
|
|
e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
|
|
applied.
|
|
|
|
The @code{setsar} filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for
|
|
the filter output video.
|
|
|
|
Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
|
|
output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation
|
|
above.
|
|
|
|
Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the @code{setsar}
|
|
filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if
|
|
another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.
|
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item r, ratio, dar (@code{setdar} only), sar (@code{setsar} only)
|
|
Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
|
|
|
|
The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or
|
|
a string of the form @var{num}:@var{den}, where @var{num} and
|
|
@var{den} are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
|
|
the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".
|
|
In case the form "@var{num}:@var{den}" is used, the @code{:} character
|
|
should be escaped.
|
|
|
|
@item max
|
|
Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
|
|
denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
|
|
Default value is @code{100}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The parameter @var{sar} is an expression containing
|
|
the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item E, PI, PHI
|
|
the corresponding mathematical approximated values for e
|
|
(euler number), pi (greek PI), phi (golden ratio)
|
|
|
|
@item w, h
|
|
the input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
same as @var{w} / @var{h}
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
input sample aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
@item dar
|
|
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}
|
|
|
|
@item hsub, vsub
|
|
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
|
pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:
|
|
@example
|
|
setdar=dar=1.77777
|
|
setdar=dar=16/9
|
|
setdar=dar=1.77777
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:
|
|
@example
|
|
setsar=sar=10/11
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of
|
|
1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command:
|
|
@example
|
|
setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{setfield}
|
|
@section setfield
|
|
|
|
Force field for the output video frame.
|
|
|
|
The @code{setfield} filter marks the interlace type field for the
|
|
output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the
|
|
corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by
|
|
following filters (e.g. @code{fieldorder} or @code{yadif}).
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item auto
|
|
Keep the same field property.
|
|
|
|
@item bff
|
|
Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
|
|
|
|
@item tff
|
|
Mark the frame as top-field-first.
|
|
|
|
@item prog
|
|
Mark the frame as progressive.
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section showinfo
|
|
|
|
Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.
|
|
The input video is not modified.
|
|
|
|
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
|
|
@var{key}:@var{value}.
|
|
|
|
A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
|
|
time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
|
|
|
|
@item pts_time
|
|
Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
|
|
seconds
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
|
|
unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video)
|
|
|
|
@item fmt
|
|
pixel format name
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
|
|
@var{num}/@var{den}
|
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
@item i
|
|
interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B"
|
|
for bottom field first)
|
|
|
|
@item iskey
|
|
1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise
|
|
|
|
@item type
|
|
picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a
|
|
P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, "?" for unknown type).
|
|
Check also the documentation of the @code{AVPictureType} enum and of
|
|
the @code{av_get_picture_type_char} function defined in
|
|
@file{libavutil/avutil.h}.
|
|
|
|
@item checksum
|
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame
|
|
|
|
@item plane_checksum
|
|
Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
|
|
expressed in the form "[@var{c0} @var{c1} @var{c2} @var{c3}]"
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{smartblur}
|
|
@section smartblur
|
|
|
|
Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_radius, lr
|
|
Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in
|
|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
|
|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_strength, ls
|
|
Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number
|
|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
|
|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
|
|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_threshold, lt
|
|
Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
|
|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
|
|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
|
|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
|
|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_radius, cr
|
|
Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in
|
|
the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
|
|
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_strength, cs
|
|
Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number
|
|
in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
|
|
in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
|
|
[-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_threshold, ct
|
|
Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
|
|
whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
|
|
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
|
|
a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
|
|
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value
|
|
is set.
|
|
|
|
@section stereo3d
|
|
|
|
Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
|
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item in
|
|
Set stereoscopic image format of input.
|
|
|
|
Available values for input image formats are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item sbsl
|
|
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
|
|
|
|
@item sbsr
|
|
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
|
|
|
|
@item sbs2l
|
|
side by side parallel with half width resolution
|
|
(left eye left, right eye right)
|
|
|
|
@item sbs2r
|
|
side by side crosseye with half width resolution
|
|
(right eye left, left eye right)
|
|
|
|
@item abl
|
|
above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
|
|
|
|
@item abr
|
|
above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
|
|
|
|
@item ab2l
|
|
above-below with half height resolution
|
|
(left eye above, right eye below)
|
|
|
|
@item ab2r
|
|
above-below with half height resolution
|
|
(right eye above, left eye below)
|
|
|
|
@item al
|
|
alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
|
|
|
|
@item ar
|
|
alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{sbsl}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item out
|
|
Set stereoscopic image format of output.
|
|
|
|
Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item arbg
|
|
anaglyph red/blue gray
|
|
(red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item argg
|
|
anaglyph red/green gray
|
|
(red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item arcg
|
|
anaglyph red/cyan gray
|
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item arch
|
|
anaglyph red/cyan half colored
|
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item arcc
|
|
anaglyph red/cyan color
|
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item arcd
|
|
anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
|
(red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item agmg
|
|
anaglyph green/magenta gray
|
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item agmh
|
|
anaglyph green/magenta half colored
|
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item agmc
|
|
anaglyph green/magenta colored
|
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item agmd
|
|
anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
|
(green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item aybg
|
|
anaglyph yellow/blue gray
|
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item aybh
|
|
anaglyph yellow/blue half colored
|
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item aybc
|
|
anaglyph yellow/blue colored
|
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item aybd
|
|
anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
|
(yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
|
|
|
@item irl
|
|
interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
|
|
|
|
@item irr
|
|
interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
|
|
|
|
@item ml
|
|
mono output (left eye only)
|
|
|
|
@item mr
|
|
mono output (right eye only)
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{arcd}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois:
|
|
@example
|
|
stereo3d=sbsl:aybd
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Convert input video from above bellow (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side crosseye.
|
|
@example
|
|
stereo3d=abl:sbsr
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section spp
|
|
|
|
Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image
|
|
at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{6} - all) shifts
|
|
and average the results.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item quality
|
|
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
|
|
an integer in the range 0-6. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no
|
|
effect. A value of @code{6} means the higher quality. For each increment of
|
|
that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2. Default value is
|
|
@code{3}.
|
|
|
|
@item qp
|
|
Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP
|
|
from the video stream (if available).
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item hard
|
|
Set hard thresholding (default).
|
|
@item soft
|
|
Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item use_bframe_qp
|
|
Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this
|
|
option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is
|
|
@code{0} (not enabled).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{subtitles}
|
|
@section subtitles
|
|
|
|
Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-libass}. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and
|
|
libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation
|
|
Alpha) subtitles format.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filename, f
|
|
Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
|
|
|
|
@item original_size
|
|
Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
|
|
was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in
|
|
the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic,
|
|
this is necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been
|
|
changed.
|
|
|
|
@item charenc
|
|
Set subtitles input character encoding. @code{subtitles} filter only. Only
|
|
useful if not UTF-8.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value
|
|
specifies the @option{filename}.
|
|
|
|
For example, to render the file @file{sub.srt} on top of the input
|
|
video, use the command:
|
|
@example
|
|
subtitles=sub.srt
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
which is equivalent to:
|
|
@example
|
|
subtitles=filename=sub.srt
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section super2xsai
|
|
|
|
Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and
|
|
Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm.
|
|
|
|
Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.
|
|
|
|
@section swapuv
|
|
Swap U & V plane.
|
|
|
|
@section telecine
|
|
|
|
Apply telecine process to the video.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item first_field
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item top, t
|
|
top field first
|
|
@item bottom, b
|
|
bottom field first
|
|
The default value is @code{top}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item pattern
|
|
A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
|
|
The default value is @code{23}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Some typical patterns:
|
|
|
|
NTSC output (30i):
|
|
27.5p: 32222
|
|
24p: 23 (classic)
|
|
24p: 2332 (preferred)
|
|
20p: 33
|
|
18p: 334
|
|
16p: 3444
|
|
|
|
PAL output (25i):
|
|
27.5p: 12222
|
|
24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
|
|
16.67p: 33
|
|
16p: 33333334
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section thumbnail
|
|
Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of @var{n} frames, the filter
|
|
will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of @var{n} frames until
|
|
the end. Default is @code{100}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger @var{n}
|
|
value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Extract one picture each 50 frames:
|
|
@example
|
|
thumbnail=50
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Complete example of a thumbnail creation with @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section tile
|
|
|
|
Tile several successive frames together.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item layout
|
|
Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of
|
|
this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
@item nb_frames
|
|
Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less
|
|
than or equal to @var{w}x@var{h}. The default value is @code{0}, meaning all
|
|
the area will be used.
|
|
|
|
@item margin
|
|
Set the outer border margin in pixels.
|
|
|
|
@item padding
|
|
Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For
|
|
more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges),
|
|
refer to the pad video filter.
|
|
|
|
@item color
|
|
Specify the color of the unused areaFor the syntax of this option, check the
|
|
"Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value of @var{color}
|
|
is "black".
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (@option{-skip_frame nokey}) in a movie:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
|
|
@end example
|
|
The @option{-vsync 0} is necessary to prevent @command{ffmpeg} from
|
|
duplicating each output frame to accomodate the originally detected frame
|
|
rate.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Display @code{5} pictures in an area of @code{3x2} frames,
|
|
with @code{7} pixels between them, and @code{2} pixels of initial margin, using
|
|
mixed flat and named options:
|
|
@example
|
|
tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section tinterlace
|
|
|
|
Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
|
|
|
|
Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
|
|
considered odd.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified
|
|
as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item merge, 0
|
|
Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
|
|
generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item drop_odd, 1
|
|
Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
|
|
unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item drop_even, 2
|
|
Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
|
|
unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item pad, 3
|
|
Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
|
|
generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item interleave_top, 4
|
|
Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from
|
|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item interleave_bottom, 5
|
|
Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from
|
|
even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
|
|
|
@item interlacex2, 6
|
|
Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
|
|
containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and
|
|
the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on
|
|
the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no
|
|
field synchronisation.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
|
|
compatibility reasons.
|
|
|
|
Default mode is @code{merge}.
|
|
|
|
@item flags
|
|
Specify flags influencing the filter process.
|
|
|
|
Available value for @var{flags} is:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item low_pass_filter, vlfp
|
|
Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.
|
|
Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced
|
|
destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency
|
|
vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire
|
|
patterning.
|
|
|
|
Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for @option{mode}
|
|
@var{interleave_top} and @var{interleave_bottom}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section transpose
|
|
|
|
Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item dir
|
|
Specify the transposition direction.
|
|
|
|
Can assume the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item 0, 4, cclock_flip
|
|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
|
|
@example
|
|
L.R L.l
|
|
. . -> . .
|
|
l.r R.r
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item 1, 5, clock
|
|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
|
|
@example
|
|
L.R l.L
|
|
. . -> . .
|
|
l.r r.R
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item 2, 6, cclock
|
|
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
|
|
@example
|
|
L.R R.r
|
|
. . -> . .
|
|
l.r L.l
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item 3, 7, clock_flip
|
|
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
|
|
@example
|
|
L.R r.R
|
|
. . -> . .
|
|
l.r l.L
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input
|
|
video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
|
|
deprecated, the @code{passthrough} option should be used instead.
|
|
|
|
Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of
|
|
symbolic constants.
|
|
|
|
@item passthrough
|
|
Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
|
|
specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
Always apply transposition.
|
|
@item portrait
|
|
Preserve portrait geometry (when @var{height} >= @var{width}).
|
|
@item landscape
|
|
Preserve landscape geometry (when @var{width} >= @var{height}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{none}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait
|
|
layout:
|
|
@example
|
|
transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The command above can also be specified as:
|
|
@example
|
|
transpose=1:portrait
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section trim
|
|
Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item start
|
|
Specify time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the
|
|
timestamp @var{start} will be the first frame in the output.
|
|
|
|
@item end
|
|
Specify time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame
|
|
immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be the last
|
|
frame in the output.
|
|
|
|
@item start_pts
|
|
Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in timebase
|
|
units instead of seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item end_pts
|
|
Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in timebase units
|
|
instead of seconds.
|
|
|
|
@item duration
|
|
Specify maximum duration of the output.
|
|
|
|
@item start_frame
|
|
Number of the first frame that should be passed to output.
|
|
|
|
@item end_frame
|
|
Number of the first frame that should be dropped.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@option{start}, @option{end}, @option{duration} are expressed as time
|
|
duration specifications, check the "Time duration" section in the
|
|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
|
|
option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the
|
|
frames that pass through the filter. Also note that this filter does not modify
|
|
the timestamps. If you wish that the output timestamps start at zero, insert a
|
|
setpts filter after the trim filter.
|
|
|
|
If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
|
|
keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
|
|
only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim
|
|
filters.
|
|
|
|
The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
|
|
just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
drop everything except the second minute of input
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
keep only the first second
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section unsharp
|
|
|
|
Sharpen or blur the input video.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following parameters:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item luma_msize_x, lx
|
|
Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between
|
|
3 and 63, default value is 5.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_msize_y, ly
|
|
Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3
|
|
and 63, default value is 5.
|
|
|
|
@item luma_amount, la
|
|
Set the luma effect strength. It can be a float number, reasonable
|
|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
|
|
|
|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
|
|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
|
|
|
|
Default value is 1.0.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_msize_x, cx
|
|
Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer
|
|
between 3 and 63, default value is 5.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_msize_y, cy
|
|
Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer
|
|
between 3 and 63, default value is 5.
|
|
|
|
@item chroma_amount, ca
|
|
Set the chroma effect strength. It can be a float number, reasonable
|
|
values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
|
|
|
|
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
|
|
sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
|
|
|
|
Default value is 0.0.
|
|
|
|
@item opencl
|
|
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
|
|
FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
|
|
string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
|
|
@example
|
|
unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{vidstabdetect}
|
|
@section vidstabdetect
|
|
|
|
Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see
|
|
@ref{vidstabtransform} for pass 2.
|
|
|
|
This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation
|
|
transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used by
|
|
the @ref{vidstabtransform} filter.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item result
|
|
Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information.
|
|
Default value is @file{transforms.trf}.
|
|
|
|
@item shakiness
|
|
Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an
|
|
integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a
|
|
value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
|
|
|
|
@item accuracy
|
|
Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the
|
|
range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high
|
|
accuracy. Default value is 15.
|
|
|
|
@item stepsize
|
|
Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is
|
|
scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
|
|
|
|
@item mincontrast
|
|
Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is
|
|
discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default
|
|
value is 0.3.
|
|
|
|
@item tripod
|
|
Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
|
|
|
|
If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame
|
|
in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The idea
|
|
is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep
|
|
the camera view absolutely still.
|
|
|
|
If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.
|
|
|
|
@item show
|
|
Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an
|
|
integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
|
|
visualization.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Use default values:
|
|
@example
|
|
vidstabdetect
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file
|
|
@file{mytransforms.trf}:
|
|
@example
|
|
vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting
|
|
video:
|
|
@example
|
|
vidstabdetect=show=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Analyze a video with medium shakiness using @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{vidstabtransform}
|
|
@section vidstabtransform
|
|
|
|
Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2,
|
|
see @ref{vidstabdetect} for pass 1.
|
|
|
|
Read a file with transform information for each frame and
|
|
apply/compensate them. Together with the @ref{vidstabdetect}
|
|
filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also
|
|
@url{http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab}. It is important to also use
|
|
the unsharp filter, see below.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
|
@code{--enable-libvidstab}.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Options
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item input
|
|
Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is
|
|
@file{transforms.trf}).
|
|
|
|
@item smoothing
|
|
Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the
|
|
camera movements. Default value is 10.
|
|
|
|
For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the
|
|
past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A
|
|
larger values leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration
|
|
of the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a
|
|
static camera is simulated.
|
|
|
|
@item optalgo
|
|
Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
|
|
|
|
Accepted values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item gauss
|
|
gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
|
|
@item avg
|
|
averaging on transformations
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item maxshift
|
|
Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1,
|
|
meaning no limit.
|
|
|
|
@item maxangle
|
|
Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default
|
|
value is -1, meaning no limit.
|
|
|
|
@item crop
|
|
Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement
|
|
compensation.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item keep
|
|
keep image information from previous frame (default)
|
|
@item black
|
|
fill the border black
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item invert
|
|
Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item relative
|
|
Consider transforms as relative to previsou frame if set to 1,
|
|
absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item zoom
|
|
Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in
|
|
effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no
|
|
zoom).
|
|
|
|
@item optzoom
|
|
Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
|
|
|
|
Accepted values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item 0
|
|
disabled
|
|
@item 1
|
|
optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements
|
|
will lead to visible borders) (default)
|
|
@item 2
|
|
optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be
|
|
visible), see @option{zoomspeed}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.
|
|
|
|
@item zoomspeed
|
|
Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when
|
|
@option{optzoom} is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is
|
|
0.25.
|
|
|
|
@item interpol
|
|
Specify type of interpolation.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item no
|
|
no interpolation
|
|
@item linear
|
|
linear only horizontal
|
|
@item bilinear
|
|
linear in both directions (default)
|
|
@item bicubic
|
|
cubic in both directions (slow)
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item tripod
|
|
Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to
|
|
@code{relative=0:smoothing=0}. Default value is 0.
|
|
|
|
Use also @code{tripod} option of @ref{vidstabdetect}.
|
|
|
|
@item debug
|
|
Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions
|
|
are written to the temporary file @file{global_motions.trf}. Default
|
|
value is 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Use @command{ffmpeg} for a typical stabilization with default values:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Note the use of the unsharp filter which is always recommended.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:
|
|
@example
|
|
vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Smoothen the video even more:
|
|
@example
|
|
vidstabtransform=smoothing=30
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section vflip
|
|
|
|
Flip the input video vertically.
|
|
|
|
For example, to vertically flip a video with @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section vignette
|
|
|
|
Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item angle, a
|
|
Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
|
|
|
|
The value is clipped in the @code{[0,PI/2]} range.
|
|
|
|
Default value: @code{"PI/5"}
|
|
|
|
@item x0
|
|
@item y0
|
|
Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively @code{"w/2"} and @code{"h/2"}
|
|
by default.
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set forward/backward mode.
|
|
|
|
Available modes are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item forward
|
|
The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.
|
|
|
|
@item backward
|
|
The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes.
|
|
This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic
|
|
detection to extract the lens @option{angle} and other settings (yet). It can
|
|
also be used to create a burning effect.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{forward}.
|
|
|
|
@item eval
|
|
Set evaluation mode for the expressions (@option{angle}, @option{x0}, @option{y0}).
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item init
|
|
Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
|
|
|
|
@item frame
|
|
Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the
|
|
@samp{init} mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it
|
|
allows advanced dynamic expressions.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{init}.
|
|
|
|
@item dither
|
|
Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is @code{1}
|
|
(enabled).
|
|
|
|
@item aspect
|
|
Set vignette aspect. This setting allows to adjust the shape of the vignette.
|
|
Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting
|
|
following the dimensions of the video.
|
|
|
|
Default is @code{1/1}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Expressions
|
|
|
|
The @option{alpha}, @option{x0} and @option{y0} expressions can contain the
|
|
following parameters.
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item w
|
|
@item h
|
|
input width and height
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in
|
|
@var{TB} units, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item r
|
|
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
|
|
expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item tb
|
|
time base of the input video
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply simple strong vignetting effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
vignette=PI/4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Make a flickering vignetting:
|
|
@example
|
|
vignette='PI/4+random(1)*PI/50':eval=frame
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section w3fdif
|
|
|
|
Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field
|
|
Deinterlacing Filter").
|
|
|
|
Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and
|
|
implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim
|
|
Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter
|
|
uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.
|
|
|
|
There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple":
|
|
and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients is used can
|
|
be set by passing an optional parameter:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filter
|
|
Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item simple
|
|
Simple filter coefficient set.
|
|
@item complex
|
|
More-complex filter coefficient set.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @samp{complex}.
|
|
|
|
@item deint
|
|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item all
|
|
Deinterlace all frames,
|
|
@item interlaced
|
|
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{all}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@anchor{yadif}
|
|
@section yadif
|
|
|
|
Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing
|
|
filter").
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
The interlacing mode to adopt, accepts one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item 0, send_frame
|
|
output 1 frame for each frame
|
|
@item 1, send_field
|
|
output 1 frame for each field
|
|
@item 2, send_frame_nospatial
|
|
like @code{send_frame} but skip spatial interlacing check
|
|
@item 3, send_field_nospatial
|
|
like @code{send_field} but skip spatial interlacing check
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{send_frame}.
|
|
|
|
@item parity
|
|
The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video, accepts one of
|
|
the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item 0, tff
|
|
assume top field first
|
|
@item 1, bff
|
|
assume bottom field first
|
|
@item -1, auto
|
|
enable automatic detection
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{auto}.
|
|
If interlacing is unknown or decoder does not export this information,
|
|
top field first will be assumed.
|
|
|
|
@item deint
|
|
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following
|
|
values:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item 0, all
|
|
deinterlace all frames
|
|
@item 1, interlaced
|
|
only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{all}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO FILTERS
|
|
|
|
@chapter Video Sources
|
|
@c man begin VIDEO SOURCES
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
|
|
|
|
@section buffer
|
|
|
|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
|
|
|
|
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h}.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item video_size
|
|
Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the
|
|
syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
|
|
manual.
|
|
|
|
@item width
|
|
Input video width.
|
|
|
|
@item height
|
|
Input video height.
|
|
|
|
@item pix_fmt
|
|
A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.
|
|
It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
|
|
name.
|
|
|
|
@item time_base
|
|
Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
|
|
|
|
@item frame_rate
|
|
Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
|
|
|
|
@item pixel_aspect, sar
|
|
Specify the sample aspect ratio assumed by the video frames.
|
|
|
|
@item sws_param
|
|
Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which
|
|
is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the
|
|
input size or format.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
@example
|
|
buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and
|
|
with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and
|
|
square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).
|
|
Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6
|
|
(check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in @file{libavutil/pixfmt.h}),
|
|
this example corresponds to:
|
|
@example
|
|
buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this
|
|
syntax is deprecated:
|
|
|
|
@var{width}:@var{height}:@var{pix_fmt}:@var{time_base.num}:@var{time_base.den}:@var{pixel_aspect.num}:@var{pixel_aspect.den}[:@var{sws_param}]
|
|
|
|
@section cellauto
|
|
|
|
Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
|
|
|
|
The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the
|
|
@option{filename}, and @option{pattern} options. If such options are
|
|
not specified an initial state is created randomly.
|
|
|
|
At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of
|
|
the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole
|
|
frame is filled is defined by the @option{scroll} option.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filename, f
|
|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
|
|
the specified file.
|
|
In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive
|
|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
|
|
file will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
@item pattern, p
|
|
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
|
|
the specified string.
|
|
|
|
Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive
|
|
cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
|
|
string will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
|
|
Default is 25.
|
|
|
|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio
|
|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It
|
|
is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
|
|
1/PHI.
|
|
|
|
This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
|
|
|
|
@item random_seed, seed
|
|
Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
|
|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
|
|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
|
|
effort basis.
|
|
|
|
@item rule
|
|
Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
|
|
Default value is 110.
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check
|
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
If @option{filename} or @option{pattern} is specified, the size is set
|
|
by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
|
|
height is set to @var{width} * PHI.
|
|
|
|
If @option{size} is set, it must contain the width of the specified
|
|
pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the
|
|
larger row.
|
|
|
|
If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value
|
|
defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
|
|
|
|
@item scroll
|
|
If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output
|
|
have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be
|
|
written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled.
|
|
Defaults to 1.
|
|
|
|
@item start_full, full
|
|
If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
|
|
outputting the first frame.
|
|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
|
|
|
|
@item stitch
|
|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.
|
|
This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Read the initial state from @file{pattern}, and specify an output of
|
|
size 200x400.
|
|
@example
|
|
cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill
|
|
ratio of 2/3:
|
|
@example
|
|
cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
|
|
centered on an initial row with width 100:
|
|
@example
|
|
cellauto=p=@@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
|
|
@example
|
|
cellauto=p='@@@@ @@ @@@@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section mandelbrot
|
|
|
|
Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the
|
|
point specified with @var{start_x} and @var{start_y}.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item end_pts
|
|
Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
|
|
|
|
@item end_scale
|
|
Set the terminal scale value.
|
|
Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
|
|
|
|
@item inner
|
|
Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
|
|
Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
|
|
|
|
It shall assume one of the following values:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item black
|
|
Set black mode.
|
|
@item convergence
|
|
Show time until convergence.
|
|
@item mincol
|
|
Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
|
|
@item period
|
|
Set period mode.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @var{mincol}.
|
|
|
|
@item bailout
|
|
Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
|
|
|
|
@item maxiter
|
|
Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering
|
|
algorithm. Default value is 7189.
|
|
|
|
@item outer
|
|
Set outer coloring mode.
|
|
It shall assume one of following values:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item iteration_count
|
|
Set iteration cound mode.
|
|
@item normalized_iteration_count
|
|
set normalized iteration count mode.
|
|
@end table
|
|
Default value is @var{normalized_iteration_count}.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default
|
|
value is "25".
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video
|
|
size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480".
|
|
|
|
@item start_scale
|
|
Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
|
|
|
|
@item start_x
|
|
Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between
|
|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
|
|
|
|
@item start_y
|
|
Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between
|
|
-100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@section mptestsrc
|
|
|
|
Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
|
|
|
|
The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.
|
|
This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
|
|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
|
|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a float
|
|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
|
|
"25".
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
|
|
@example
|
|
[-]HH:MM:SS[.m...]
|
|
[-]S+[.m...]
|
|
@end example
|
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
|
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
|
|
supposed to be generated forever.
|
|
|
|
@item test, t
|
|
|
|
Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item dc_luma
|
|
@item dc_chroma
|
|
@item freq_luma
|
|
@item freq_chroma
|
|
@item amp_luma
|
|
@item amp_chroma
|
|
@item cbp
|
|
@item mv
|
|
@item ring1
|
|
@item ring2
|
|
@item all
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example the following:
|
|
@example
|
|
testsrc=t=dc_luma
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
|
|
|
|
@section frei0r_src
|
|
|
|
Provide a frei0r source.
|
|
|
|
To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
|
|
header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item size
|
|
The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the
|
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
@item framerate
|
|
Framerate of the generated video, may be a string of the form
|
|
@var{num}/@var{den} or a frame rate abbreviation.
|
|
|
|
@item filter_name
|
|
The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and
|
|
how to set the parameters read the section @ref{frei0r} in the description of
|
|
the video filters.
|
|
|
|
@item filter_params
|
|
A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200
|
|
and frame rate 10 which is overlayed on the overlay filter main input:
|
|
@example
|
|
frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@section life
|
|
|
|
Generate a life pattern.
|
|
|
|
This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.
|
|
|
|
The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell
|
|
which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
|
|
interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
|
|
horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
|
|
|
|
At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule,
|
|
which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
|
|
cell stay alive or born. The @option{rule} option allows to specify
|
|
the rule to adopt.
|
|
|
|
This source accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filename, f
|
|
Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file,
|
|
each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline
|
|
is used to delimit the end of each row.
|
|
|
|
If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
|
|
randomly.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
|
|
Default is 25.
|
|
|
|
@item random_fill_ratio, ratio
|
|
Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a
|
|
floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
|
|
It is ignored when a file is specified.
|
|
|
|
@item random_seed, seed
|
|
Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
|
|
included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
|
|
set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
|
|
effort basis.
|
|
|
|
@item rule
|
|
Set the life rule.
|
|
|
|
A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S@var{NS}/B@var{NB}",
|
|
where @var{NS} and @var{NB} are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8,
|
|
@var{NS} specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
|
|
live cell stay alive, and @var{NB} the number of alive neighbor cells
|
|
which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born").
|
|
"s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
|
|
|
|
Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9
|
|
high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
|
|
for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify
|
|
the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
|
|
higher number of neighbor cells.
|
|
For example the number 6153 = @code{(12<<9)+9} specifies a stay alive
|
|
rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".
|
|
|
|
Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life
|
|
rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
|
|
cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around
|
|
a dead cell.
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
|
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
If @option{filename} is specified, the size is set by default to the
|
|
same size of the input file. If @option{size} is set, it must contain
|
|
the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
|
|
that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
|
|
|
|
If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240"
|
|
(used for a randomly generated initial grid).
|
|
|
|
@item stitch
|
|
If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the
|
|
top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
|
|
|
|
@item mold
|
|
Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from @option{death_color} to
|
|
@option{mold_color} with a step of @option{mold}. @option{mold} can have a
|
|
value from 0 to 255.
|
|
|
|
@item life_color
|
|
Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
|
|
|
|
@item death_color
|
|
Set the color of dead cells. If @option{mold} is set, this is the first color
|
|
used to represent a dead cell.
|
|
|
|
@item mold_color
|
|
Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
|
|
|
|
For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the
|
|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Read a grid from @file{pattern}, and center it on a grid of size
|
|
300x300 pixels:
|
|
@example
|
|
life=f=pattern:s=300x300
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
|
|
@example
|
|
life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:
|
|
@example
|
|
life=rule=S14/B34
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Full example with slow death effect (mold) using @command{ffplay}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{color}
|
|
@anchor{haldclutsrc}
|
|
@anchor{nullsrc}
|
|
@anchor{rgbtestsrc}
|
|
@anchor{smptebars}
|
|
@anchor{smptehdbars}
|
|
@anchor{testsrc}
|
|
@section color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc
|
|
|
|
The @code{color} source provides an uniformly colored input.
|
|
|
|
The @code{haldclutsrc} source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also
|
|
@ref{haldclut} filter.
|
|
|
|
The @code{nullsrc} source returns unprocessed video frames. It is
|
|
mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the
|
|
source for filters which ignore the input data.
|
|
|
|
The @code{rgbtestsrc} source generates an RGB test pattern useful for
|
|
detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue
|
|
stripe from top to bottom.
|
|
|
|
The @code{smptebars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
|
|
the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990.
|
|
|
|
The @code{smptehdbars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
|
|
the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
|
|
|
|
The @code{testsrc} source generates a test video pattern, showing a
|
|
color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly
|
|
intended for testing purposes.
|
|
|
|
The sources accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item color, c
|
|
Specify the color of the source, only available in the @code{color}
|
|
source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
|
|
ffmpeg-utils manual.
|
|
|
|
@item level
|
|
Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the @code{haldclutsrc}
|
|
source. A level of @code{N} generates a picture of @code{N*N*N} by @code{N*N*N}
|
|
pixels to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is
|
|
coded on a @code{1/(N*N)} scale.
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the
|
|
"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value is
|
|
"320x240".
|
|
|
|
This option is not available with the @code{haldclutsrc} filter.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
|
|
generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
|
|
@var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a float
|
|
number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
|
|
"25".
|
|
|
|
@item sar
|
|
Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
|
|
|
|
@item duration, d
|
|
Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
|
|
@example
|
|
[-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
|
[-]S+[.m...]
|
|
@end example
|
|
See also the function @code{av_parse_time()}.
|
|
|
|
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
|
|
supposed to be generated forever.
|
|
|
|
@item decimals, n
|
|
Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the
|
|
@code{testsrc} source.
|
|
|
|
The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
|
|
timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified
|
|
value. Default value is 0.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
For example the following:
|
|
@example
|
|
testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size
|
|
176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second.
|
|
|
|
The following graph description will generate a red source
|
|
with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10
|
|
frames per second.
|
|
@example
|
|
color=c=red@@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If the input content is to be ignored, @code{nullsrc} can be used. The
|
|
following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing
|
|
the @code{geq} filter:
|
|
@example
|
|
nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands
|
|
|
|
The @code{color} source supports the following commands:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item c, color
|
|
Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the
|
|
corresponding @option{color} option.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO SOURCES
|
|
|
|
@chapter Video Sinks
|
|
@c man begin VIDEO SINKS
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
|
|
|
|
@section buffersink
|
|
|
|
Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter
|
|
graph.
|
|
|
|
This sink is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
|
through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
|
|
or the options system.
|
|
|
|
It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
|
|
defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
|
|
parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
|
|
|
|
@section nullsink
|
|
|
|
Null video sink, do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is
|
|
mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging
|
|
tools.
|
|
|
|
@c man end VIDEO SINKS
|
|
|
|
@chapter Multimedia Filters
|
|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
|
|
|
|
@section avectorscope
|
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector
|
|
scope.
|
|
|
|
The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo
|
|
audio stream. A monoaural signal, consisting of identical left and right
|
|
signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible
|
|
as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure.
|
|
If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this
|
|
indicates that the left and right channels are out of phase.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mode, m
|
|
Set the vectorscope mode.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item lissajous
|
|
Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
|
|
|
|
@item lissajous_xy
|
|
Same as above but not rotated.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{lissajous}.
|
|
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
|
|
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is @code{400x400}.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Set the output frame rate. Default value is @code{25}.
|
|
|
|
@item rc
|
|
@item gc
|
|
@item bc
|
|
Specify the red, green and blue contrast. Default values are @code{40}, @code{160} and @code{80}.
|
|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
|
|
|
|
@item rf
|
|
@item gf
|
|
@item bf
|
|
Specify the red, green and blue fade. Default values are @code{15}, @code{10} and @code{5}.
|
|
Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
|
|
|
|
@item zoom
|
|
Set the zoom factor. Default value is @code{1}. Allowed range is @code{[1, 10]}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Complete example using @command{ffplay}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
|
|
[a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section concat
|
|
|
|
Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the
|
|
other.
|
|
|
|
The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All
|
|
segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will
|
|
also be the number of streams at output.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
|
|
|
|
@item v
|
|
Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
|
|
streams in each segment. Default is 1.
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of video
|
|
streams in each segment. Default is 0.
|
|
|
|
@item unsafe
|
|
Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The filter has @var{v}+@var{a} outputs: first @var{v} video outputs, then
|
|
@var{a} audio outputs.
|
|
|
|
There are @var{n}x(@var{v}+@var{a}) inputs: first the inputs for the first
|
|
segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second
|
|
segment, etc.
|
|
|
|
Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various
|
|
reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason,
|
|
related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
|
|
concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest
|
|
stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter
|
|
audio streams with silence.
|
|
|
|
For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.
|
|
|
|
All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the
|
|
filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video
|
|
streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for
|
|
audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted
|
|
explicitly by the user.
|
|
|
|
Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate
|
|
at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
|
|
(video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
|
|
'[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
|
|
concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
|
|
-map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
|
|
(a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
|
|
movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
|
|
[v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
|
|
@end example
|
|
Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams
|
|
do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section ebur128
|
|
|
|
EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs
|
|
it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
|
|
Momentary loudness (identified by @code{M}), Short-term loudness (@code{S}),
|
|
Integrated loudness (@code{I}) and Loudness Range (@code{LRA}).
|
|
|
|
The filter also has a video output (see the @var{video} option) with a real
|
|
time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged
|
|
message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set,
|
|
unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the
|
|
short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for
|
|
the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds).
|
|
|
|
More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
|
|
@url{http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness}.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item video
|
|
Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this
|
|
option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if
|
|
activated. Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item size
|
|
Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this
|
|
option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default
|
|
and minimum resolution is @code{640x480}.
|
|
|
|
@item meter
|
|
Set the EBU scale meter. Default is @code{9}. Common values are @code{9} and
|
|
@code{18}, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any
|
|
other integer value between this range is allowed.
|
|
|
|
@item metadata
|
|
Set metadata injection. If set to @code{1}, the audio input will be segmented
|
|
into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information
|
|
in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with @code{lavfi.r128.}.
|
|
|
|
Default is @code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item framelog
|
|
Force the frame logging level.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item info
|
|
information logging level
|
|
@item verbose
|
|
verbose logging level
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
By default, the logging level is set to @var{info}. If the @option{video} or
|
|
the @option{metadata} options are set, it switches to @var{verbose}.
|
|
|
|
@item peak
|
|
Set peak mode(s).
|
|
|
|
Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a @code{flag} type). Possible
|
|
values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
Disable any peak mode (default).
|
|
@item sample
|
|
Enable sample-peak mode.
|
|
|
|
Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message
|
|
for sample-peak (identified by @code{SPK}).
|
|
@item true
|
|
Enable true-peak mode.
|
|
|
|
If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input
|
|
stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak.
|
|
(identified by @code{TPK}) and true-peak per frame (identified by @code{FTPK}).
|
|
This mode requires a build with @code{libswresample}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Real-time graph using @command{ffplay}, with a EBU scale meter +18:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Run an analysis with @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section interleave, ainterleave
|
|
|
|
Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.
|
|
|
|
@code{interleave} works with video inputs, @code{ainterleave} with audio.
|
|
|
|
These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest
|
|
queued frame to the output.
|
|
|
|
Input streams must have a well defined, monotonically increasing frame
|
|
timestamp values.
|
|
|
|
In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue
|
|
at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one
|
|
input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames.
|
|
|
|
For example consider the case when one input is a @code{select} filter
|
|
which always drop input frames. The @code{interleave} filter will keep
|
|
reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames
|
|
to output until the input will send an end-of-stream signal.
|
|
|
|
Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop
|
|
frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and
|
|
the queue is already filled.
|
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item nb_inputs, n
|
|
Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Interleave frames belonging to different streams using @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Add flickering blur effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section perms, aperms
|
|
|
|
Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
|
|
|
|
These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the
|
|
following filter in the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
The filters accept the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Select the permissions mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
Do nothing. This is the default.
|
|
@item ro
|
|
Set all the output frames read-only.
|
|
@item rw
|
|
Set all the output frames directly writable.
|
|
@item toggle
|
|
Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
|
|
@item random
|
|
Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item seed
|
|
Set the seed for the @var{random} mode, must be an integer included between
|
|
@code{0} and @code{UINT32_MAX}. If not specified, or if explicitly set to
|
|
@code{-1}, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
|
|
basis.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the
|
|
following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that
|
|
following filter. Inserting a @ref{format} or @ref{aformat} filter before the
|
|
perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.
|
|
|
|
@section select, aselect
|
|
|
|
Select frames to pass in output.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item expr, e
|
|
Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
|
|
|
|
If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
|
|
|
|
If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the
|
|
first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
|
|
@code{ceil(val)-1}, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
|
|
|
|
For example a value of @code{1.2} corresponds to the output with index
|
|
@code{ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1}, that is the second output.
|
|
|
|
@item outputs, n
|
|
Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected
|
|
frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The expression can contain the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item n
|
|
the sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item selected_n
|
|
the sequential number of the selected frame, starting from 0
|
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_n
|
|
the sequential number of the last selected frame, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item TB
|
|
timebase of the input timestamps
|
|
|
|
@item pts
|
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
|
|
expressed in @var{TB} units, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
|
|
expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item prev_pts
|
|
the PTS of the previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_pts
|
|
the PTS of the last previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item prev_selected_t
|
|
the PTS of the last previously selected video frame, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item start_pts
|
|
the PTS of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item start_t
|
|
the time of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined
|
|
|
|
@item pict_type @emph{(video only)}
|
|
the type of the filtered frame, can assume one of the following
|
|
values:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item I
|
|
@item P
|
|
@item B
|
|
@item S
|
|
@item SI
|
|
@item SP
|
|
@item BI
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item interlace_type @emph{(video only)}
|
|
the frame interlace type, can assume one of the following values:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item PROGRESSIVE
|
|
the frame is progressive (not interlaced)
|
|
@item TOPFIRST
|
|
the frame is top-field-first
|
|
@item BOTTOMFIRST
|
|
the frame is bottom-field-first
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item consumed_sample_n @emph{(audio only)}
|
|
the number of selected samples before the current frame
|
|
|
|
@item samples_n @emph{(audio only)}
|
|
the number of samples in the current frame
|
|
|
|
@item sample_rate @emph{(audio only)}
|
|
the input sample rate
|
|
|
|
@item key
|
|
1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise
|
|
|
|
@item pos
|
|
the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information
|
|
is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
|
|
|
|
@item scene @emph{(video only)}
|
|
value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
|
|
probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
|
|
value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The default value of the select expression is "1".
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Select all frames in input:
|
|
@example
|
|
select
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The example above is the same as:
|
|
@example
|
|
select=1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Skip all frames:
|
|
@example
|
|
select=0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Select only I-frames:
|
|
@example
|
|
select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Select one frame every 100:
|
|
@example
|
|
select='not(mod(n\,100))'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
|
|
@example
|
|
select=between(t\,10\,20)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
|
|
@example
|
|
select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
|
|
@example
|
|
select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:
|
|
@example
|
|
aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Comparing @var{scene} against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane
|
|
choice.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
|
|
@example
|
|
select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section sendcmd, asendcmd
|
|
|
|
Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
|
|
filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
@code{sendcmd} must be inserted between two video filters,
|
|
@code{asendcmd} must be inserted between two audio filters, but apart
|
|
from that they act the same way.
|
|
|
|
The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments
|
|
with the @var{commands} option, or in a file specified by the
|
|
@var{filename} option.
|
|
|
|
These filters accept the following options:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item commands, c
|
|
Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
|
|
@item filename, f
|
|
Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
|
|
filters.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Commands syntax
|
|
|
|
A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
|
|
specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
|
|
particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event
|
|
is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
|
|
interval.
|
|
|
|
An interval is specified by the following syntax:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS};
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The time interval is specified by the @var{START} and @var{END} times.
|
|
@var{END} is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
|
|
|
|
The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if
|
|
it is included in the interval [@var{START}, @var{END}), that is when
|
|
the time is greater or equal to @var{START} and is lesser than
|
|
@var{END}.
|
|
|
|
@var{COMMANDS} consists of a sequence of one or more command
|
|
specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The
|
|
syntax of a command specification is given by:
|
|
@example
|
|
[@var{FLAGS}] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} @var{ARG}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@var{FLAGS} is optional and specifies the type of events relating to
|
|
the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must
|
|
be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
|
|
enclosed between "[" and "]".
|
|
|
|
The following flags are recognized:
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item enter
|
|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the
|
|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
|
|
previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the
|
|
current is.
|
|
|
|
@item leave
|
|
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the
|
|
specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
|
|
previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the
|
|
current is not.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
If @var{FLAGS} is not specified, a default value of @code{[enter]} is
|
|
assumed.
|
|
|
|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
|
|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
|
|
|
|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
|
|
|
|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for
|
|
the given @var{COMMAND}.
|
|
|
|
Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
|
|
sequences of characters starting with @code{#} until the end of line,
|
|
are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
|
|
|
|
A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
|
|
follows:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{COMMAND_FLAG} ::= "enter" | "leave"
|
|
@var{COMMAND_FLAGS} ::= @var{COMMAND_FLAG} [(+|"|")@var{COMMAND_FLAG}]
|
|
@var{COMMAND} ::= ["[" @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} "]"] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
|
|
@var{COMMANDS} ::= @var{COMMAND} [,@var{COMMANDS}]
|
|
@var{INTERVAL} ::= @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS}
|
|
@var{INTERVALS} ::= @var{INTERVAL}[;@var{INTERVALS}]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
|
|
@example
|
|
asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
|
|
@example
|
|
# show text in the interval 5-10
|
|
5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
|
|
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
|
|
|
|
# desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
|
|
15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
|
|
[enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
|
|
[leave] hue s 1,
|
|
[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
|
|
|
|
# apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
|
|
25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list
|
|
stored in a file @file{test.cmd}, can be specified with:
|
|
@example
|
|
sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@anchor{setpts}
|
|
@section setpts, asetpts
|
|
|
|
Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
|
|
|
|
@code{setpts} works on video frames, @code{asetpts} on audio frames.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item expr
|
|
The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following
|
|
constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item FRAME_RATE
|
|
frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
|
|
|
|
@item PTS
|
|
the presentation timestamp in input
|
|
|
|
@item N
|
|
the count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples,
|
|
not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0.
|
|
|
|
@item NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
|
|
the number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
|
|
audio)
|
|
|
|
@item NB_SAMPLES, S
|
|
the number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
|
|
|
|
@item SAMPLE_RATE, SR
|
|
audio sample rate
|
|
|
|
@item STARTPTS
|
|
the PTS of the first frame
|
|
|
|
@item STARTT
|
|
the time in seconds of the first frame
|
|
|
|
@item INTERLACED
|
|
tell if the current frame is interlaced
|
|
|
|
@item T
|
|
the time in seconds of the current frame
|
|
|
|
@item POS
|
|
original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined
|
|
for the current frame
|
|
|
|
@item PREV_INPTS
|
|
previous input PTS
|
|
|
|
@item PREV_INT
|
|
previous input time in seconds
|
|
|
|
@item PREV_OUTPTS
|
|
previous output PTS
|
|
|
|
@item PREV_OUTT
|
|
previous output time in seconds
|
|
|
|
@item RTCTIME
|
|
wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use time(0)
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
@item RTCSTART
|
|
wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds
|
|
|
|
@item TB
|
|
timebase of the input timestamps
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Start counting PTS from zero
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts=PTS-STARTPTS
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply fast motion effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts=0.5*PTS
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply slow motion effect:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts=2.0*PTS
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts=N/(25*TB)
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts=PTS+10/TB
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:
|
|
@example
|
|
setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Generate timestamps by counting samples:
|
|
@example
|
|
asetpts=N/SR/TB
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section settb, asettb
|
|
|
|
Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.
|
|
It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
|
|
@item expr, tb
|
|
The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The value for @option{tb} is an arithmetic expression representing a
|
|
rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default
|
|
timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate,
|
|
audio only). Default value is "intb".
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the timebase to 1/25:
|
|
@example
|
|
settb=expr=1/25
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the timebase to 1/10:
|
|
@example
|
|
settb=expr=0.1
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
|
|
@example
|
|
settb=1+0.001
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the timebase to 2*intb:
|
|
@example
|
|
settb=2*intb
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Set the default timebase value:
|
|
@example
|
|
settb=AVTB
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section showspectrum
|
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
|
|
spectrum.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
|
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is
|
|
@code{640x512}.
|
|
|
|
@item slide
|
|
Specify if the spectrum should slide along the window. Default value is
|
|
@code{0}.
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Specify display mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item combined
|
|
all channels are displayed in the same row
|
|
@item separate
|
|
all channels are displayed in separate rows
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{combined}.
|
|
|
|
@item color
|
|
Specify display color mode.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item channel
|
|
each channel is displayed in a separate color
|
|
@item intensity
|
|
each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{channel}.
|
|
|
|
@item scale
|
|
Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item lin
|
|
linear
|
|
@item sqrt
|
|
square root, default
|
|
@item cbrt
|
|
cubic root
|
|
@item log
|
|
logarithmic
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @samp{sqrt}.
|
|
|
|
@item saturation
|
|
Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
|
|
alternative color scheme. @code{0} is no saturation at all.
|
|
Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.
|
|
Default value is @code{1}.
|
|
|
|
@item win_func
|
|
Set window function.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the following values:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item none
|
|
No samples pre-processing (do not expect this to be faster)
|
|
@item hann
|
|
Hann window
|
|
@item hamming
|
|
Hamming window
|
|
@item blackman
|
|
Blackman window
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{hann}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that
|
|
section.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
|
|
@example
|
|
showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using @command{ffplay}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
|
|
[a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section showwaves
|
|
|
|
Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item size, s
|
|
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
|
|
the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value
|
|
is "600x240".
|
|
|
|
@item mode
|
|
Set display mode.
|
|
|
|
Available values are:
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item point
|
|
Draw a point for each sample.
|
|
|
|
@item line
|
|
Draw a vertical line for each sample.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Default value is @code{point}.
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A
|
|
larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
|
|
integer. This option can be set only if the value for @var{rate}
|
|
is not explicitly specified.
|
|
|
|
@item rate, r
|
|
Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
|
|
option @var{n}. Default value is "25".
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation
|
|
at the same time:
|
|
@example
|
|
amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a
|
|
frame rate of 30 frames per second:
|
|
@example
|
|
aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section split, asplit
|
|
|
|
Split input into several identical outputs.
|
|
|
|
@code{asplit} works with audio input, @code{split} with video.
|
|
|
|
The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If
|
|
unspecified, it defaults to 2.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Create two separate outputs from the same input:
|
|
@example
|
|
[in] split [out0][out1]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of
|
|
outputs, like in:
|
|
@example
|
|
[in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and
|
|
one padded:
|
|
@example
|
|
[in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
|
|
[splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout];
|
|
[splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Create 5 copies of the input audio with @command{ffmpeg}:
|
|
@example
|
|
ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@section zmq, azmq
|
|
|
|
Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to
|
|
filters in the filtergraph.
|
|
|
|
@code{zmq} and @code{azmq} work as a pass-through filters. @code{zmq}
|
|
must be inserted between two video filters, @code{azmq} between two
|
|
audio filters.
|
|
|
|
To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and
|
|
headers and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libzmq}.
|
|
|
|
For more information about libzmq see:
|
|
@url{http://www.zeromq.org/}
|
|
|
|
The @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} filters work as a libzmq server, which
|
|
receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the
|
|
@option{bind_address} option.
|
|
|
|
The received message must be in the form:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
|
|
the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
|
|
|
|
@var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
|
|
|
|
@var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the
|
|
given @var{COMMAND}.
|
|
|
|
Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command
|
|
is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter
|
|
will send a reply to the client, adopting the format:
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{ERROR_CODE} @var{ERROR_REASON}
|
|
@var{MESSAGE}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@var{MESSAGE} is optional.
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
Look at @file{tools/zmqsend} for an example of a zmq client which can
|
|
be used to send commands processed by these filters.
|
|
|
|
Consider the following filtergraph generated by @command{ffplay}
|
|
@example
|
|
ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
|
|
color=s=100x100:c=red [l];
|
|
color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
|
|
nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
|
|
[bg][l] overlay [bg+l];
|
|
[bg+l][r] overlay=x=100 "
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
To change the color of the left side of the video, the following
|
|
command can be used:
|
|
@example
|
|
echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
To change the right side:
|
|
@example
|
|
echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
|
|
|
|
@chapter Multimedia Sources
|
|
@c man begin MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
|
|
|
|
Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
|
|
|
|
@section amovie
|
|
|
|
This is the same as @ref{movie} source, except it selects an audio
|
|
stream by default.
|
|
|
|
@anchor{movie}
|
|
@section movie
|
|
|
|
Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
|
|
|
|
This filter accepts the following options:
|
|
|
|
@table @option
|
|
@item filename
|
|
The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file but also a device or a
|
|
stream accessed through some protocol).
|
|
|
|
@item format_name, f
|
|
Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either
|
|
the name of a container or an input device. If not specified the
|
|
format is guessed from @var{movie_name} or by probing.
|
|
|
|
@item seek_point, sp
|
|
Specifies the seek point in seconds, the frames will be output
|
|
starting from this seek point, the parameter is evaluated with
|
|
@code{av_strtod} so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS
|
|
postfix. Default value is "0".
|
|
|
|
@item streams, s
|
|
Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified,
|
|
separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the
|
|
same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers''
|
|
section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify
|
|
respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default
|
|
is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
|
|
|
|
@item stream_index, si
|
|
Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1,
|
|
the best suited video stream will be automatically selected. Default
|
|
value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select
|
|
audio instead of video.
|
|
|
|
@item loop
|
|
Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.
|
|
If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
|
|
Default value is "1".
|
|
|
|
Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not
|
|
changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
This filter allows to overlay a second video on top of main input of
|
|
a filtergraph as shown in this graph:
|
|
@example
|
|
input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
|
|
^
|
|
|
|
|
movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@subsection Examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize
|
|
@item
|
|
Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the avi file in.avi, and overlay it
|
|
on top of the input labelled as "in":
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
|
|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
|
|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
|
|
labelled as "in":
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
|
|
[in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
|
|
[main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
|
|
dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is
|
|
connected to the pad named "audio":
|
|
@example
|
|
movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@c man end MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
|